MONOMERS CAPABLE OF DIMERIZING IN AN AQUEOUS SOLUTION, AND METHODS OF USING SAME
Described herein are monomers capable of forming a biologically useful multimer when in contact with one, two, three or more other monomers in an aqueous media. In one aspect, such monomers may be capable of binding to another monomer in an aqueous media (e.g. in vivo) to form a multimer, (e.g. a dimer). Contemplated monomers may include a ligand moiety, a linker element, and a connector element that joins the ligand moiety and the linker element. In an aqueous media, such contemplated monomers may join together via each linker element and may thus be capable of modulating one or more biomolecules substantially simultaneously, e.g., modulate two or more binding domains on a protein or on different proteins.
Latest Cornell University Patents:
- Methods and reagents for determination and treatment of organotropic metastasis
- Monomers capable of dimerizing in an aqueous solution, and methods of using same
- Cross-linked polymer networks and methods of making and using same
- Pyridinone- and pyridazinone-based compounds and uses thereof
- Green technology for crosslinking protein molecules for various uses
This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 61/473,093, filed Apr. 7, 2011, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUNDCurrent drug design and drug therapies have not addressed the urgent need for therapies that interact with extended areas or multiple domains of biomolecules such as proteins. For example, there is an urgent need for therapies that are capable of, e.g., modulating protein-protein interactions, e.g., by modulating, simultaneously, domains on a single protein or both a domain on one protein and a domain on another protein. There is also an urgent need for such therapies that modulate fusion proteins, such as those that occur in cancer.
For example, signaling pathways are used by cells to generate biological responses to external or internal stimuli. A few thousand gene products control both ontogeny/development of higher organisms and sophisticated behavior by their many different cell types. These gene products can work in different combinations to achieve their goals and often do so through protein-protein interactions. Such proteins possess modular protein domains that recognize, bind, and/or modify certain motifs. Protein-protein and protein-nucleic acid recognition often function through protein interactions domains, for example, such as the SH2, SH3, and PDZ domains. These protein-interaction domains may represent a meaningful area for developing targeted therapies. Other macromolecular interactions that may serve as potential targets for effective therapies include protein-nucleic acid interactions, protein-carbohydrate interactions, and protein-lipid interactions.
Current drug design and drug therapy approaches do not address this urgent need to find drugs that interfere with intracellular protein-protein interactions or protein signaling. Although antibodies and other biological therapeutic agents may have sufficient specificity to distinguish among closely related protein surfaces, factors such as their high molecular weight prevent oral administration and uptake of the antibodies. Conversly, orally active pharmaceuticals are generally too small to disrupt protein-protein surface interactions, which can be much larger than the orally active pharmaceuticals. Further, previous attempts to link, e.g., two pharmacophores that each interact with e.g. different protein domains have focused on large covalently linked compounds assembled in organic solvents. These assemblies typically have a molecular weight too large for oral administration or effective cellular and tissue permeation.
SUMMARYDescribed herein are monomers capable of forming a biologically useful multimer when in contact with one, two, three or more other monomers in an aqueous media. In one aspect, such monomers may be capable of binding to another monomer in an aqueous media (e.g. in vivo) to form a multimer, (e.g. a dimer). Contemplated monomers may include a ligand moiety (e.g. a pharmacophore for the target biomolecule), a linker element, and a connector element that joins the ligand moiety and the linker element. In an aqueous media, such contemplated monomers may join together via each linker element and may thus be capable of modulating one or more biomolecules substantially simultaneously, e.g., modulate two or more binding domains on a protein or on different proteins.
In one aspect, a first monomer capable of forming a biologically useful multimer when in contact with a second monomer in an aqueous media is provided. The first monomer is represented by the formula:
X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites, and hydrates thereof, wherein
-
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
- Y1 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X1 and Z1;
- Z1 is a first linker as shown below; and
the second monomer has a boronic acid or oxaborole moiety capable of binding with the Z1 moiety of Formula I to form the multimer.
In another aspect, a method of administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a multimeric compound to a patient in need thereof is provided. The method comprises administering to the patient thereof an amount of a first monomer as described above and an amount of a boronic acid or oxaborole monomer in amounts effective such that the pharmaceutically effective amount of the resulting multimer is formed in vivo.
In yet another aspect, a therapeutic multimer compound formed from the multimerization in an aqueous media of a first monomer is provided. The multimer is represented by the formula:
X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
and a second monomer represented by
X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II),
wherein
-
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
- Y1 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X1 and Z1;
- Z1 is a first linker as shown below;
wherein - X2 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
- Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2; and
- Z2 is a boronic acid or oxaborale moiety capable of binding with the Z1 moiety of Formula I to form the multimer; and
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof.
In still another aspect, a method of modulating two or more target biomolecule domains substantially simultaneously is provided. The method comprises contacting an aqueous composition comprising said biomolecule domains with a first monomer represented by:
X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof, wherein
-
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule domain; and
a second monomer represented by:
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule domain; and
X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II),
wherein
-
- X2 is a ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule domain;
wherein upon contact with the aqueous composition, said first monomer and said second monomer forms a dimer that binds to the first target biomolecule domain and the second target biomolecule domain.
In yet another aspect, a method of treating a disease associated with two or more target biomolecule domains in a patient in need thereof is provided. The method comprises administering to said patient a first monomer represented by:
X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof, wherein
-
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule domain; and
administering to said patient a second monomer represented by:
X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II),
wherein
X2 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule domain, wherein upon administration, said first monomer and said second monomer forms a dimer in vivo that binds to the first target biomolecule domain and the second target biomolecule domain.
In still another aspect, a first monomer capable of forming a biologically useful dimer when in contact with a second monomer in vivo is provided. The first monomer is represented by the formula:
X3—Y3—Z3 (Formula IV);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
and the second monomer is represented by:
X4—Y4—Z3 (Formula V)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
wherein
-
- X3 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
- Y3 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
- X4 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
- Y4 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
- Z3 is as shown below.
In yet another aspect, a therapeutic dimerized compound formed from the dimerization in an aqueous media of a first monomer is provided. The first monomer is represented by:
X3—Y3—Z3 (Formula IV);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
and a second monomer is represented by:
X4—Y4—Z3 (Formula V)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
wherein
X3 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y3 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
X4 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
Y4 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
Z3 is as shown below.
In still another aspect, a method of treating a disease associated with two or more target biomolecule domains in a patient in need thereof is provided. The method comprises administering to said patient two or more monomers each independently selected from the group represented by:
X3—Y3—Z3 (Formula IV);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
and a second monomer is represented by:
X4—Y4—Z3 (Formula V)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
wherein
X3 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y3 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
X4 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
Y4 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
Z3 is as shown below, wherein upon administration, said first monomer and said second monomer forms a dimer in vivo that binds to the first target biomolecule domain and the second target biomolecule domain.
In yet another aspect, a first monomer capable of forming a biologically useful trimer when in contact with a second monomer and a third monomer in an aqueous media is provided. The first monomer is represented by the formula:
X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites, and hydrates thereof, wherein
-
- X2 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
- Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2;
- Z2 is a first linker as shown below, and the second monomer and the third monomer each have a boronic acid moiety capable of binding with the Z2 moiety of Formula II to form the trimer.
Described herein are monomers capable of forming a biologically useful multimer when in contact with one, two, three or more other monomers in an aqueous media. In one aspect, such monomers may be capable of binding to another monomer in an aqueous media (e.g. in vivo) to form a multimer, (e.g. a dimer). Contemplated monomers may include a ligand moiety (e.g. a pharmacophore moiety), a linker element, and a connector element that joins the ligand moiety and the linker element. In an aqueous media, such contemplated monomers may join together via each linker element and may thus be capable of modulating one or more biomolecules substantially simultaneously, e.g., modulate two or more binding domains on a protein or on different proteins. For example, contemplated monomers may be separate or separatable in a solid or in an aqueous media under one set of conditions, and when placed in an aqueous media having one or more biomolecules, with another (e.g., under a different set of conditions), can 1) form a multimer through the linker on each monomer; and either: 2a) bind to the biomolecule in two or more locations (e.g. protein domains) through each ligand moiety of the respective monomer or 2b) bind to two or more biomolecules through each ligand moiety of the respective monomer. In an exemplary embodiment, disclosed monomers may interact with another appropriate monomer (i.e. a monomeric pair) in an aqueous media (e.g., in vivo) to form a multimer (e.g. a dimer) that can bind to two separate target biomolecule domains (e.g. protein domains).
The ligand moiety of a contemplated monomer, in some cases, may be a pharmacophore or a ligand moiety that is e.g., capable of binding to a biomolecule, such as for example, a protein, e.g. a specific protein domain, a component of a biological cell such as ribosome (composed of proteins and nucleic acids), or an enzyme active site (e.g. a protease, such as tryptase). In some embodiments, the linker element comprises a functional group capable of forming a chemical bond with another linker element. In some embodiments, the linker moiety may also serve as a signaling entity or “reporter,” and in some instances the assembly of two or more linkers can produce a fluorescent entity or fluorophore with properties distinct from the individual linker moiety. In another aspect, a plurality of monomers, each comprising a linker element, may react to form a multimer connected by the linker elements. In some embodiments, the multimer may be formed in vivo. In some instances, the multimer may have enhanced properties relative to the monomers that form the multimer. For example, in certain embodiments, the multimer may bind to a target with greater affinity than any of the monomers that form the multimer. Also described are methods of making the compositions and methods of administering the compositions.
In some embodiments, a plurality of monomers may assemble to form a multimer. The multimer may be used for a variety of purposes. For example, in some instances, the multimer may be used to perturb a biological system. As described in more detail below, in some embodiments, the multimer may bind to a target biomolecule, such as a protein, nucleic acid, or polysaccharide. In certain embodiments, the multimer may be used as a pharmaceutical.
Advantageously, in some embodiments, the multimer may form in vivo upon administration of suitable monomers to a subject. Also advantageously, the multimer may be capable of interacting with a relatively large target site as compared to the individual monomers that form the multimer. For example, a target may comprise, in some embodiments, two protein domains separated by a distance such that a multimer, but not a monomer, may be capable of binding to both domains essentially simultaneously. In some embodiments, contemplated multimers may bind to a target with greater affinity as compared to a monomer binding affinity alone.
In some embodiments, a contemplated multimer may advantageously exhibit enhanced properties relative to the monomers that form the multimer. As discussed above, a multimer may have improved binding properties as compared to the monomers alone. In some embodiments, a multimer may have improved signaling properties. For example, in some cases, the fluorescent properties of a multimer may be different as compared to a monomer. As discussed in more detail below, in some embodiments the fluorescent brightness of a multimer at a particular wavelength may be greater than the fluorescent brightness at the same wavelength of the monomers that form the multimer. Advantageously, in some embodiments, a difference in signaling properties between the multimer and the monomers that form the multimer may be used to detect formation of the multimer. In some embodiments, detection of the formation of the multimer may be used to screen monomers, as discussed in more detail below. Also as discussed in more detail below, in some embodiments, the multimers may be used for imaging or as diagnostic agents.
It should be understood that a multimer, as used herein, may be a homomultimer (i.e., a multimer formed from two or more essentially identical monomers) or may be a heteromultimer (i.e., a multimer formed from two or more substantially different monomers). In some embodiments, a contemplated multimer may comprise 2 to about 10 monomers, for example, a multimer may be a dimer, a trimer, a tetramer, or a pentamer.
In some embodiments, a monomer may comprise a ligand moiety, a linker element, and a connector element that associates the ligand moiety with the linker element. In some embodiments, the linker element of a first monomer may combine with the linker element of a second monomer. In some cases, the linker element may comprise a functional group that can react with a functional group of another linker element to form a bond linking the monomers. In some embodiments, the linker element of a first monomer may be substantially the same as the linker element of a second monomer. In some embodiments, the linker element of a first monomer may be substantially different than the linker element of a second monomer.
In some cases, the ligand moiety may be a pharmacophore. In some embodiments, the ligand moiety (e.g., a pharmacophore) may bind to a target molecule with a dissociation constant of less than 1 mM, in some embodiments less than 500 microM, in some embodiments less than 300 microM, in some embodiments less than 100 microM, in some embodiments less than 10 microM, in some embodiments less than 1 microM, in some embodiments less than 100 nM, in some embodiments less than 10 nM, and in some embodiments less than 1 nM.
In some embodiments, the IC50 of the first monomer against a first target biomolecule and the IC50 of the second monomer against a second target biomolecule may be greater than the apparent IC50 of a combination of the monomers against the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule. The combination of monomers may be any suitable ratio. For example, the ratio of the first monomer to the second monomer may be between 10:1 to 1:10, in some embodiments between 5:1 and 1:5, and in some embodiments between 2:1 and 1:2. In some cases, the ratio of the first monomer to the second monomer may be essentially 1:1. In some instances, the ratio of the smaller of the IC50 of the first monomer and the second monomer to the apparent IC50 of the multimer may be at least 3.0. In other instances, the ratio of the smaller IC50 of the first monomer or the second monomer to the apparent IC50 of the multimer may be at least 10.0. In some embodiments, the ratio of the smaller IC50 of the first monomer or the second monomer to the apparent IC50 of the multimer may be at least 30.0.
For example, for disclosed monomers forming a heteromultimer, the apparent IC50 resulting from an essentially equimolar combination of monomers against the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule is at least about 3 to 10 fold lower, at least about 10 to 30 fold lower, at least about 30 fold lower, or at least about 40 to 50 fold lower than the lowest of the IC50 of the second monomer against the second target biomolecule or the IC50 of the first monomer against the first target biomolecule.
It will be appreciated that for monomers forming homodimers (or homo-oligomeric or homomultimeric, as described below), in aqueous solution, there may an equilibrium between the monomeric and dimeric (or oligomeric) states with higher concentrations favoring greater extent of dimer formation. As the binding of monomers to the target biomolecule increases their proximity and effectively increases their local concentration on the target, the rate and extent of dimerization (oligomerization) is promoted when geometries are favorable. As a result, the occupancy of the target by favorable monomers maybe nearly completely in the homodimeric (or oligomeric) state. In this manner the target for example, may serve as a template for the dimerization of the monomers, significantly enhancing the extent and rate of dimerization.
While the affinity of the multimer for its target biomolecule(s) often cannot be measured directly due to the dynamic reversible equilibrium with its monomers in an aqueous or biological milieu, it may be possible to extract an apparent multimer-target dissociation constant from a series of experimental determinations. Exploring the effects of a matrix of monomer concentrations, monomer ratios, along with changes in concentration(s) in the target biomolecule(s), coupled with determinations of multimer-monomer dissociation constants, and in some cases additional binding competition, kinetic and biophysical methods, one can extract an estimate of the affinity of the multimeric assembly for its target(s). Through such approaches, one can demonstrate that in some embodiments, the affinity of the multimer for the target biomolecule(s) are less than 1 μM, in some embodiments less than 1 nM, in some embodiments less than 1 μM, in some embodiments less than 1 fM, and in some embodiments less than 1 aM, and in some embodiments less than 1 zM.
Affinities of heterodimerizing monomers for the target biomolecule can be assessed through the testing of the respective monomers in appropriate assays for the target activity or biology because they do not typically self-associate. In contrast, the testing of homodimerizing monomers may not, in some embodiments, afford an affinity for the monomeric or dimeric state, but rather the observed effect (e.g. IC50) is a result of the monomer-dimer dynamics and equilibrium, with the apparent binding affinity (or IC50) being e.g., a weighted measure of the monomer and dimeric inhibitory effects upon the target.
In some cases, the pH of the aqueous fluid in which the multimer forms may be between pH 1 and 9, in some embodiments between pH 1 and 3, in some embodiments between pH 3 and 5, in some embodiments between pH 5 and 7, and in some embodiments between pH 7 and 9. In some embodiments, the multimer may be stable in an aqueous solution having a pH between pH 1 and 9, in some embodiments between pH 1 and 3, in some embodiments between pH 3 and 5, in some embodiments between pH 5 and 7, and in some embodiments between pH 7 and 9. In some embodiments, the aqueous solution may have a physiologically acceptable pH.
In some embodiments, the ligand moiety may be capable of binding to a target and at least partially disrupting a biomolecule-biomolecule interaction (e.g., a protein-protein interaction). In some embodiments, the ligand moiety may be capable of binding to a target and at least partially disrupting a protein-nucleic acid interaction. In some cases, the ligand moiety may be capable of binding to a target and at least partially disrupting a protein-lipid interaction. In some cases, the ligand moiety may be capable of binding to a target and at least partially disrupting a protein-polysaccharide interaction. In some embodiments, the ligand moiety may be capable of at least partially stabilizing a biomolecule-biomolecule interaction. In certain embodiments, the ligand moiety may be capable of at least partially inhibiting a conformational change in a biomolecule target.
In some instances, the linker element may be capable of generating a signal. For example, in some embodiments, the linker element may be capable of fluorescing. In some cases, the linker element may have greater fluorescence when the monomer to which it is attached is part of a multimer as compared to when the monomer to which it is attached is not part of a multimer. In some embodiments, upon multimer formation, the fluorescent brightness of a linker element may increase by at least 2-fold, in some embodiments by at least 5-fold, in some embodiments by at least 10-fold, in some embodiments by at least 50-fold, in some embodiments by at least 100-fold, in some embodiments by at least 1000-fold, and in some embodiments by at least 10000-fold. In some embodiments, a linker element in a multimer may have a peak fluorescence that is red-shifted relative to the peak fluorescence of the linker element in a monomer. In other embodiments, a linker element may have a peak fluorescence that is blue-shifted relative to the peak fluorescence of a linker element in a monomer.
MonomersIn certain embodiments, a first monomer may be capable of forming a biologically useful multimer when in contact with a second monomer in an aqueous media, for example, when the first and second monomer are different and form e.g. a heteromultimer in aqueous media. For example, the first monomer can represented by the formula:
X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites, and hydrates thereof, wherein
X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y1 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X1 and Z1;
Z1 is a first linker selected from the group consisting of:
a)
-
- wherein
- A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- A2, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of —N—, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, provided that at least one of A1 and A2 is present; or
- A1 and A2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring;
- A3 is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —SH, or —OH;
- W is CR′ or N;
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- m is 1-6;
- represents a single or double bond; and
- R1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- Q1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; or
- R1 and Q1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring;
- wherein
b)
-
- wherein
- BB, independently for each occurrence, is a 4-8 membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more groups represented by R2, wherein the two substituents comprising —OH have a 1,2 or 1,3 configuration;
- each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, oxo, sulfonate, —NO2, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —COOH, —CON(R′)2, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, or two R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system;
- A1, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- wherein
c)
-
- wherein
- BB is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety;
- A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —OH, or —O—C1-4alkyl;
- R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or R3 and R4 taken together from a 3-6 membered ring;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together form phenyl or a 4-6 membered heterocycle; and
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- wherein
d)
-
- wherein
- A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′ or —OH;
- AR is a fused phenyl or 4-7 membered aromatic or partially aromatic heterocyclic ring, wherein AR is optionally substituted by oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4 alkyl; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; wherein the two substituents comprising —OH are ortho to each other;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; CONHR′; and
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- wherein
e)
-
- wherein
- Q1 is selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; or phenyl;
- Q2, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
- A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH2 or —OH;
- A4, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH—NH2; —NHOH, —NH—OR″, or —OH;
- wherein
f)
-
- wherein
- A5 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH2, —SH, —NHR′″; R′″ is selected from —NH2; —OH; —O-phenyl; and C1-4alkoxy;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together may form a 5-6 membered ring; and
- wherein
the second monomer has a boronic acid or oxaborole moiety capable of binding with the Z1 moiety of Formula I to form the multimer.
In some embodiments, A1 may be selected from the group consisting of C1-C3alkylene optionally substituted with one, two, or three halogens, or —C(O)—.
In other embodiments, Z1 may be
wherein R2, independently for each occurrence, is selected from H, C1-4 alkyl, or two R1 moities taken together form a 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring, wherein R3 is H, or
In certain embodiments, Z1 may be
In some cases, Z1 may be
For example, in some instances, Z1 may be
In some embodiments, Z1 may be a monosaccharide or a disaccharide.
In some cases, Z1 may be selected from the group consisting of
wherein
X is selected from O, S, CH, NR′, or when X is NR′, N may be covalently bonded to Y of formula I;
R′ is selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4alkyl;
R5, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or a mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic optionally substituted with amino, halo, hydroxyl, oxo, or cyano; and
AA is a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′, or —S—C1-4alkyl. For example, in some embodiments, Z1 may be
In some instances, Z1 may be
In certain cases, X may be nitrogen.
In some embodiments, Z1 may be
In other embodiments, Z1 may be
For example, in some cases, Z1 may be
In other instances, Z1 may be
In some embodiments, Z1 may be
In some cases, Z1 may be
For example, Z1 may be
In other embodiments, Z1 may be
In some cases, Z1 may be
In some embodiments, Z1 may be
In some embodiments, Z1 may be
For example, Z1 may be
In certain embodiments, Z1 may be
In other embodiments, Z1 may be
In some embodiments, the second monomer may be X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II), wherein Z2 is the boronic acid or oxaborale moiety, and wherein X2 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule, and Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2. In some instances, X1 and X2 may be the same. In other instances, X1 and X2 may be different.
In some cases, the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule may be different. In other embodiments, the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule may be the same.
In some embodiments, Z2 of the second monomer may be selected from the group consisting of:
wherein
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo or thio; C2-4alkenyl, C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —COOH; or —CONHR′;
A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
Q is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
AA, independently for each occurrence, is phenyl, aryl, or a 5-7 membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having one, two, or three heteroatoms, wherein AA is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C2-4alkenyl; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4 alkyl; —CN; —NR2′″, wherein R′″ is independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4alkyl; —COOH; —CONHR′; or two substituents together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; and
R′ is H or C1-4alkyl.
In certain embodiments, R8 and the substituent comprising boronic acid may be ortho to each other, and R8 may be —CH2NH2. In some cases, Z2 of the second monomer may be selected from the group consisting of:
In some embodiments, Z2 of the second monomer may be selected from the group consisting of:
In some cases, Z2 of the second monomer may be selected from the group consisting of:
wherein
R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo or thio; C2-4alkenyl, C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —COOH; or —CONHR′;
AA, independently for each occurrence, is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring having one, two, or three heteroatoms, or phenyl, wherein AA is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C2-4alkenyl; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —NR2′″, wherein R′″ is independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4alkyl; —COOH; —CONHR′; or two substituents together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; and
R′ is H or C1-4alkyl.
In some embodiments, a first monomer may be capable of forming a biologically useful dimer or multimer when in contact with a second monomer in vivo, wherein the first and second linkers are the same (e.g. forming a homodimer or homomultimer) wherein the first monomer is represented by the formula:
X3—Y3—Z3 (Formula IV);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
and the second monomer is represented by:
X4—Y4—Z3 (Formula V)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
wherein
X3 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y3 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
X4 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
Y4 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
Z3 is selected from the group consisting of:
a)
wherein
-
- A3 is —OH, —SH, or —NHR′;
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl;
- R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl; or
- R3 and R4 taken together from a 3-6 membered ring; and
b)
wherein
-
- R′ is selected from C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl; —NH2; —OH; and C1-4alkoxy;
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl;
- R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl; or
- R3 and R4 taken together from a 3-6 membered ring.
In some embodiments, a first monomer may be capable of forming a biologically useful trimer when in contact with a second monomer and a third monomer in an aqueous media, wherein the first monomer is represented by the formula:
X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II)
-
- and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites, and hydrates thereof, wherein
X2 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2;
Z2 is a first linker selected from the group consisting of:
wherein
-
- R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C2-4alkenyl, C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —COOH; or —CONHR′;
- R′ is H or C1-4alkyl;
- A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- Q is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- AA, independently for each occurrence, is phenyl, aryl, or a 5-7 membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having one, two, or three heteroatoms, wherein AA is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C2-4alkenyl; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —NR2′″, wherein R′″ is independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4alkyl; —COOH; —CONHR′; or two substituents together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; and
the second monomer and the third monomer each have a boronic acid moiety capable of binding with the Z2 moiety of Formula II to form the trimer.
In some embodiments, R8 and the substituent comprising boronic acid may be ortho to each other, and R8 may be —CH2NH2.
In some instances, Z2 of the first monomer may be selected from the group consisting of:
In certain instances, Z2 of the first monomer may be selected from the group consisting of:
As discussed above, a monomer may be capable of reacting with one or more other monomers to form a multimer. In some embodiments, a first monomer may react with a second monomer to form a dimer. In other embodiments, a first monomer may react with a second monomer and a third monomer to form a trimer. In still other embodiments, a first monomer may react with a second monomer, a third monomer, and a fourth monomer to form a tetramer. In some embodiments, each of the monomers that form a multimer may be essentially the same. In some embodiments, each of the monomers that form a multimer may be substantially different. In certain embodiments, at least some of the monomers that form a multimer may be essentially the same or may be substantially different.
In some embodiments, the linker element of a first monomer and the linker element of a second monomer may be substantially different. In other embodiments, the connector element of a first monomer and the connector element of a second monomer may be substantially different. In still other embodiments, the ligand moiety (e.g., a pharmacophore) of a first monomer and the ligand moiety (e.g., a pharmacophore) of the second monomer may be substantially different.
In some cases, formation of a multimer from a plurality of monomers may be irreversible. In some embodiments, formation of a multimer from a plurality of monomers may be reversible. For example, in some embodiments, the multimer may have an oligomer or dimer dissociation constant between 10 mM and 1 nM, in some embodiments between 1 mM and 100 nM, in some embodiments between 1 mM and 1 mM, and in some embodiments between 500 mM and 1 mM. In certain embodiments, the multimer may have a dissociation constant of less than 10 mM, in some embodiments less than 1 mM, in some embodiments less than 500 mM, in some embodiments less than 100 mM, in some embodiments less than 50 mM, in some embodiments less than 1 mM, in some embodiments less than 100 nM, and in some embodiments less than 1 nM.
MultimersIn some embodiments, a first monomer and a second monomer may form a dimer in aqueous solution. For example, in some instances, the first monomer may form a biologically useful dimer with a second monomer in vivo.
Without wishing to be bound by any theory, it is believed that molecular self-assembly may be directed through noncovalent interactions, e.g., hydrogen bonding, metal coordination, hydrophobic forces, van der Waals forces, pi-pi interactions, electrostatic, and/or electromagnetic interactions.
Without wishing to be bound by any theory, pi-pi and pi-cation interactions can be used to drive multimerization. In addition, van der Waals and electromagnetic forces are other interactions that can help to drive multimerization. Alternatively, acid/base pairs and donor-acceptor pairs, e.g., amide and/or sulfonamide pairs, can be employed to help direct self-assembly. In other cases, use of hydrophobic interactions can be used for multimerization targeting a membrane-bound protein. Additionally, metal coordination might be used when the target itself incorporates the metal, but could also be used in other scenarios.
In some embodiments, a therapeutic multimer compound (e.g. a heteromultimer) may be formed from the multimerization in an aqueous media of a first monomer represented by:
X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
and a second monomer represented by
X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II),
wherein
X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y1 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X1 and Z1;
Z1 is a first linker selected from the group consisting of: a)
wherein
-
- A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- A2, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of —N—, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, provided that at least one of A1 and A2 is present; or
- A1 and A2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring;
- A3 is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —SH, or —OH;
- W is CR′ or N;
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- m is 1-6;
- represents a single or double bond; and
- R1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- Q1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; or
- R1 and Q1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring;
b)
wherein
-
- BB, independently for each occurrence, is a 4-8 membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more groups represented by R2, wherein the two substituents comprising —OH have a 1,2 or 1,3 configuration;
- each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, oxo, sulfonate, —NO2, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —COOH, —CON(R′)2, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, or two R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system;
- A1, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
c)
wherein
-
- BB is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety;
- A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —OH, or —O—C1-4alkyl;
- R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl, phenyl, or R3 and R4 taken together from a 3-6 membered ring;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together form phenyl or a 4-6 membered heterocycle; and
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
d)
-
- wherein
- A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′ or —OH;
- AR is a fused phenyl or 4-7 membered aromatic or partially aromatic heterocyclic ring, wherein AR is optionally substituted by oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; wherein the two hydroxyl moieties are ortho to each other;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; CONHR′; and
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- wherein
e)
-
- wherein
- Q1 is selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; or phenyl;
- Q2, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
- A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH2 or —OH;
- A4, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH—NH2; —NHOH, —NH—OR″, or —OH;
- R″ is selected from the group consisting of H or C1-4alkyl; and
- wherein
f)
-
- wherein
- A5 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH2, —SH, —NHR′″; R′″ is selected from C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl; —NH2; —OH; —O-phenyl; and C1-4alkoxy;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together may form a 5-6 membered ring;
wherein
- X2 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
- Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2; and
- Z2 is a boronic acid or oxaborale moiety capable of binding with the Z1 moiety of Formula I to form the multimer; and
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof.
- wherein
In some embodiments, a therapeutic dimerized compound may be formed from the dimerization in an aqueous media of a first monomer represented by:
X3—Y3—Z3 (Formula IV);
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
and a second monomer is represented by:
X4—Y4—Z3 (Formula V)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof,
wherein
X3 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule;
Y3 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
X4 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule;
Y4 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X4 and Z3;
Z3 is selected from the group consisting of:
a)
wherein
-
- A3 is —OH, —SH, or —NHR′;
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl;
- R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl; and
b)
wherein
-
- R′ is selected from C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl; —NH2; —OH; and C1-4alkoxy;
- R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl;
- R4 is selected from the group consisting of H, halo, C1-4alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, and heterocycle, wherein C1-4alkyl, C3-6cycloalkyl, or heterocycle may be optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, cyano, amino, or hydroxyl.
Connectors
In some embodiments, a monomer may comprise a connector that joins the ligand moiety with the linker element. In some instances, such connectors do not have significant binding or other affinity to an intended target. However, in certain embodiments, a connector may contribute to the affinity of a ligand moiety to a target.
In some embodiments, a connector element may be used to connect the linker element to the ligand moiety. In some instances, the connector element may be used to adjust spacing between the linker element and the ligand moiety. In some cases, the connector element may be used to adjust the orientation of the linker element and the ligand moiety. In certain embodiments, the spacing and/or orientation the linker element relative to the ligand moiety can affect the binding affinity of the ligand moiety (e.g., a pharmacophore) to a target. In some cases, connectors with restricted degrees of freedom are preferred to reduce the entropic losses incurred upon the binding of a multimer to its target biomolecule. In some embodiments, connectors with restricted degrees of freedom are preferred to promote cellular permeability of the monomer.
In some embodiments, the connector element may be used for modular assembly of monomers. For example, in some instances, a connector element may comprise a functional group formed from reaction of a first and second molecule. In some cases, a series of ligand moieties may be provided, where each ligand moiety comprises a common functional group that can participate in a reaction with a compatible functional group on a linker element. In some embodiments, the connector element may comprise a spacer having a first functional group that forms a bond with a ligand moiety and a second functional group that forms a bond with a linker element.
Contemplated connecters may be any acceptable (e.g. pharmaceutically and/or chemically acceptable) bivalent linker that, for example, does not interfere with multimerization of the disclosed monomers. For instance, such linkers may be substituted or unsubstituted C1-C10 alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, acyl, sulfone, phosphate, ester, carbamate, or amide. Contemplated connectors may include polymeric connectors, such a polyethylene glycol or other pharmaceutically acceptable polymers. For example, contemplated connectors may be a covalent bond or a bivalent C1-10 saturated or unsaturated, straight or branched, hydrocarbon chain, wherein one, two, or three or four methylene units of L are optionally and independently replaced by cyclopropylene, —NR—, —N(R)C(O)—, —C(O)N(R)—, —N(R)SO2—, —SO2N(R)—, —O—, —C(O)—, —OC(O)—, —C(O)O—, —S—, —SO—, —SO2—, —C(═S)—, —C(═NR)—, phenyl, or a mono or bicyclic heterocycle ring. In some embodiments, a connector may be from about 7 atoms to about 13 atoms in length, or about 8 atoms to about 12 atoms, or about 9 atoms to about 11 atoms in length. For purposes of counting connector length when a ring is present in the connector group, the ring is counted as three atoms from one end to the other. In another embodiment, a connecter group is from about 6 Å to about 15 Å in length.
MethodsIn some embodiments, contemplated monomers and multimers may be administered to a patient in need thereof. In some embodiments, a method of administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a multimeric compound to a patient in need thereof is provided. In some cases, the method comprises administering to the patient thereof an amount of the first monomer and an amount of a boronic acid monomer in amounts effective such that the pharmaceutically effective amount of the resulting multimer is formed in vivo.
In some embodiments, a first monomer and a second monomer may be administered substantially sequentially. In other embodiments, the first monomer and the second monomer are administered substantially simultaneously. In some embodiments the monomers may be administered, sequentially or simultaneously, by different routes of administration. In still further embodiments, a first monomer and a second monomer may be administered after forming a multimer.
In some instances, a method of modulating two or more target biomolecule domains is provided. In some embodiments, a first ligand moiety may bind to a first domain and a second ligand moiety may bind to a second domain. In certain embodiments, a multimer comprising the first and second ligand moieties may be form prior to binding the first and second domains. In other embodiments, the multimer may form after one and/or two of the monomers bind the first and second domains.
In some embodiments, the target biomolecule may be a protein. In other embodiments, the target biomolecule may be nucleic acid. In some cases, the ligand moiety may be a pharmacophore.
In some embodiments, a multimer may be used to inhibit or facilitate protein-protein interactions. For example, in some cases, a multimer may be capable of activating or inactivating a signaling pathway. Without wishing to be bound by any theory, a multimer may bind to a target protein and affect the conformation of the target protein such that the target protein is more biologically active as compared to when the multimer does not bind the target protein. In some embodiments monomers may be chosen such that a multimer formed from the monomers binds to at least two regions of a target molecule.
Without wishing to be bound by any theory, protein-protein and protein-nucleic acid recognition often work through protein interaction domains, such as the SH2, SH3, and PDZ domains. Currently, there are over 75 such motifs reported in the literature (Hunter, et al., Cell 100:113-127 (2000); Pawson et al., Genes & Development 14:1027-1047 (2000)). For example, SH2 domains are miniature receptors for protein regions containing a phosphorylated tyrosine. SH2 domains may be found in proteins that act as, or play a role in, for example, adaptors, scaffolds, kinases, phosphatases, ras signaling, transcription, ubiquitination, cytoskeletal regulation, signal regulation, and phospholipid second messenger signaling. As another non-limiting example, SH3 domains bind peptide loops with the motif RXXK or PXXP. Many proteins have both SH2 and SH3 domains, which act as “receptors” to bind one or more protein partners. Coferons may be designed to inhibit binding of a phosphotyrosine protein to its cognate SH2 domain. Alternatively, monomers and multimers may be designed so one ligand moiety binds one motif (i.e. SH2), and a second ligand moiety binds a second motif (i.e. SH3), either on the same or different proteins.
Many large proteins or macromolecular complexes (e.g., ribosomes) have multiple binding sites with known drug inhibitors. In some embodiments, linker elements may be used to bring together two pharmacophores on the same target to: (i) bind the target with higher affinity; (ii) exhibit a stronger inhibition than either pharmacophore alone; (iii) exhibit greater activation than either pharmacophore alone; or (iv) create a binding entity covering a larger surface area of the target, making it harder for the organism/cell/virus to develop resistance to the drug via point mutations.
In some embodiments, a multimer may target a tryptase. For example, a multimer may be used to treat conditions activated by a tryptase, such as mast cell mediated inflammatory conditions (e.g. asthma). Asthma is frequently characterized by progressive development of hyper-responsiveness of the trachea and bronchi to both immunospecific allergens and generalized chemical or physical stimuli, which lead to the onset of chronic inflammation. Leukocytes containing IgE receptors, notably mast cells and basophils, are present in the epithelium and underlying smooth muscle tissues of bronchi. These leukocytes initially become activated by the binding of specific inhaled antigens to the IgE receptors and then release a number of chemical mediators. For example, degranulation of mast cells leads to the release of proteoglycans, peroxidase, arylsulfatase B, chymase, and tryptase, which results in bronchiole constriction.
Human mast cell β-tryptase-II is a tetrameric serine protease that is concentrated in mast cell secretory granules. The enzyme is involved in IgE-induced mast cell degranulation in an allergic response and is potentially a target for the treatment of allergic asthma, rhinitis, conjunctivitis and dermatitis. Tryptase has also been implicated in the progression of renal, pulmonary, hepatic, testicular fibrosis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), and inflammatory conditions such as ulcerative colitis, inflammatory bowel disease, rheumatoid arthritis, and various other mast cell-related diseases. In some embodiments, multimers may be used to treat such diseases.
Tryptase is stored in the mast cell secretory granules and is the major protease of human mast cells. Tryptase has been implicated in a variety of biological processes, including degradation of vasodilatory and bronchodilatory neuropeptides and modulation of bronchial responsiveness to histamine. As a result, tryptase inhibitors may be useful as anti-inflammatory agents for treatment of inflammatory disease and may also be useful in treating or preventing allergic rhinitis, inflammatory bowel disease, psoriasis, ocular or vernal or ulcerative conjunctivitis, dermatological conditions (e.g., psoriasis, eczema, or atopic dermatitis), arthritis (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, hematoid arthritis, traumatic arthritis, rubella arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, or gouty arthritis), rheumatoid spondylitis, interstitial lung disease, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, and diseases of joint cartilage destruction.
In addition, tryptase has been shown to be a potent mitogen for fibroblasts, suggesting its involvement in the pulmonary fibrosis in asthma and interstitial lung diseases. Therefore, in some embodiments, tryptase inhibitors may be useful in treating or preventing fibrotic conditions, for example, fibrosis, sceleroderma, pulmonary fibrosis, liver cirrhosis, myocardial fibrosis, neurofibromas, hepatic fibrosis, renal fibrosis, testicular, and hypertrophic scars.
Additionally, tryptase inhibitors may be useful in treating or preventing myocardial infarction, stroke, angina and other consequences of atherosclerotic plaque rupture.
Tryptase has also been discovered to activate prostromelysin that in turn activates collagenase, thereby initiating the destruction of cartilage and periodontal connective tissue, respectively. In some embodiments, tryptase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment or prevention of arthritis, periodontal disease, diabetic retinopathy, a condition relating to atherosclerotic plaque rupture, anaphylactic ulcerative colitis, and tumor growth. Also, tryptase inhibitors may be useful in the treatment of anaphylaxis, multiple sclerosis, peptic ulcers, and syncytial viral infections.
A variety of antibiotics elicit their antibacterial activity by binding to the bacterial ribosome and inhibiting protein synthesis. Many of these antibiotics bind the peptidyl transferase center of the ribosome (P site). In some embodiments, a multimer may bind to two or more sites on the ribosome. For example, a first pharmacophore of a multimer may bind to the peptidyl transferase center of the ribosome (i.e., the P site) and a second multimer may bind to site adjacent to the P site. As a non-limiting, illustrative example, Linezolid, an oxazolidinone antibiotic, is believed to bind adjacent to the binding site for Sparsomycin. The close juxtaposition of the linezolid binding site with the sparosmycin binding site presents a possible scenario for developing monomers based on linezolid and sparsomycin that can dimerize on binding to the ribosome, thereby creating a high affinity and high specificity inhibitor of bacterial protein synthesis.
Other non-limiting examples of target protein families are provided in Table 1 below. Also provided in Table 1 are endogenous ligands, agonists, and antagonists that bind to the protein families. Examples of detection assays are also provided in Table 1, which may be used in a screening assay to detect activation and/or inhibition of the target protein.
Provided in Table 2 are non-limiting examples of domains that can bind a ligand, proteins that contain the domains, known inhibitors, and KD values of binding partners (i.e., ligands). Examples of detection assays are also provided in Table 2, which may be used in a screening assay to find ligands for the domains.
A pharmacophore is typically an arrangement of the substituents of a moiety that confers biochemical or pharmacological effects. In some embodiments, identification of a pharmacophore may be facilitated by knowing the structure of the ligand in association with a target biomolecule. In some cases, pharmacophores may be moieties derived from molecules previously known to bind to target biomolecules (e.g., proteins), fragments identified, for example, through NMR or crystallographic screening efforts, molecules that have been discovered to bind to target proteins after performing high-throughput screening of natural products libraries, previously synthesized commercial or non-commercial combinatorial compound libraries, or molecules that are discovered to bind to target proteins by screening of newly synthesized combinatorial libraries. Since most pre-existing combinatorial libraries are limited in the structural space and diversity that they encompass, newly synthesized combinatorial libraries may include molecules that are based on a variety of scaffolds.
Additionally pharmacophores may be derived from traditional approaches such as fragment based drug design and structure based drug design. Those skilled in the art will recognize that any pharmacophore including pre-existing pharmacophores such as approved drugs are amenable to be designed as monomers through the incorporation of the appropriate linker elements and connector elements. For example, previously approved drugs that have poor efficacy due to a low affinity for a first macromolecular target may be utilized as a pharmacophore component of a first monomer which when combined with a pharmacophore of a second monomer that also binds the first macromolecular target or a second macromolecular target that interacts with the first macromolecular target results in enhanced binding and, in some cases, higher efficacy. Likewise, previously approved drugs that have low efficacy as a result of size, molecular weight or other physicochemical attributes that reduce the cellular uptake of the drug may be amenable to being converted into one or more monomers that bear the appropriate pharmacophoric elements, such that each monomer has physicochemical attributes that allow for increased cellular uptake.
In some embodiments, a ligand moiety (e.g., a pharmacophore) may have a molecular weight between 50 Da and 2000 Da, in some embodiments between 50 Da and 1500 Da, in some embodiments, between 50 Da and 1000 Da, and in some embodiments, between 50 Da and 500 Da. In certain embodiments, a ligand moiety may have a molecular weight of less than 2000 Da, in some embodiments, less than 1000 Da, and in some embodiments less than 500 Da.
In certain embodiments, the compound utilized by one or more of the foregoing methods is one of the generic, subgeneric, or specific compounds described herein.
Disclosed compositions may be administered to patients (animals and humans) in need of such treatment in dosages that will provide optimal pharmaceutical efficacy. It will be appreciated that the dose required for use in any particular application will vary from patient to patient, not only with the particular compound or composition selected, but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated, the age and condition of the patient, concurrent medication or special diets then being followed by the patient, and other factors which those skilled in the art will recognize, with the appropriate dosage ultimately being at the discretion of the attendant physician. For treating clinical conditions and diseases noted above, a compound may be administered orally, subcutaneously, topically, parenterally, by inhalation spray or rectally in dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants, and vehicles. Parenteral administration may include subcutaneous injections, intravenous or intramuscular injections, or infusion techniques.
Treatment can be continued for as long or as short a period as desired. The compositions may be administered on a regimen of, for example, one to four or more times per day. A suitable treatment period can be, for example, at least about one week, at least about two weeks, at least about one month, at least about six months, at least about 1 year, or indefinitely. A treatment period can terminate when a desired result, for example a partial or total alleviation of symptoms, is achieved.
In another aspect, pharmaceutical compositions comprising monomers, dimers, and/or multimers as disclosed herein formulated together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier provided. In particular, the present disclosure provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising monomers, dimers, and/or multimers as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These formulations include those suitable for oral, rectal, topical, buccal, parenteral (e.g., subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, or intravenous) rectal, vaginal, or aerosol administration, although the most suitable form of administration in any given case will depend on the degree and severity of the condition being treated and on the nature of the particular compound being used. For example, disclosed compositions may be formulated as a unit dose, and/or may be formulated for oral or subcutaneous administration.
Exemplary pharmaceutical compositions may be used in the form of a pharmaceutical preparation, for example, in solid, semisolid, or liquid form, which contains one or more of the compounds, as an active ingredient, in admixture with an organic or inorganic carrier or excipient suitable for external, enteral, or parenteral applications. The active ingredient may be compounded, for example, with the usual non-toxic, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers for tablets, pellets, capsules, suppositories, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, and any other form suitable for use. The active object compound is included in the pharmaceutical composition in an amount sufficient to produce the desired effect upon the process or condition of the disease.
For preparing solid compositions such as tablets, the principal active ingredient may be mixed with a pharmaceutical carrier, e.g., conventional tableting ingredients such as corn starch, lactose, sucrose, sorbitol, talc, stearic acid, magnesium stearate, dicalcium phosphate or gums, and other pharmaceutical diluents, e.g., water, to form a solid preformulation composition containing a homogeneous mixture of a compound, or a non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. When referring to these preformulation compositions as homogeneous, it is meant that the active ingredient is dispersed evenly throughout the composition so that the composition may be readily subdivided into equally effective unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills and capsules.
In solid dosage forms for oral administration (capsules, tablets, pills, dragees, powders, granules and the like), the subject composition is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate, and/or any of the following: (1) fillers or extenders, such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and/or silicic acid; (2) binders, such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, sucrose and/or acacia; (3) humectants, such as glycerol; (4) disintegrating agents, such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate; (5) solution retarding agents, such as paraffin; (6) absorption accelerators, such as quaternary ammonium compounds; (7) wetting agents, such as, for example, acetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate; (8) absorbents, such as kaolin and bentonite clay; (9) lubricants, such a talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof; and (10) coloring agents. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the compositions may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugars, as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
A tablet may be made by compression or molding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared using binder (for example, gelatin or hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose), lubricant, inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (for example, sodium starch glycolate or cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose), surface-active or dispersing agent. Molded tablets may be made by molding in a suitable machine a mixture of the subject composition moistened with an inert liquid diluent. Tablets, and other solid dosage forms, such as dragees, capsules, pills and granules, may optionally be scored or prepared with coatings and shells, such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical-formulating art.
Compositions for inhalation or insufflation include solutions and suspensions in pharmaceutically acceptable, aqueous or organic solvents, or mixtures thereof, and powders. Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups and elixirs. In addition to the subject composition, the liquid dosage forms may contain inert diluents commonly used in the art, such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers, such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, cyclodextrins and mixtures thereof.
Suspensions, in addition to the subject composition, may contain suspending agents as, for example, ethoxylated isostearyl alcohols, polyoxyethylene sorbitol and sorbitan esters, microcrystalline cellulose, aluminum metahydroxide, bentonite, agar-agar and tragacanth, and mixtures thereof.
Formulations for rectal or vaginal administration may be presented as a suppository, which may be prepared by mixing a subject composition with one or more suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers comprising, for example, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol, a suppository wax or a salicylate, and which is solid at room temperature, but liquid at body temperature and, therefore, will melt in the body cavity and release the active agent.
Dosage forms for transdermal administration of a subject composition includes powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches and inhalants. The active component may be mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants which may be required.
The ointments, pastes, creams and gels may contain, in addition to a subject composition, excipients, such as animal and vegetable fats, oils, waxes, paraffins, starch, tragacanth, cellulose derivatives, polyethylene glycols, silicones, bentonites, silicic acid, talc and zinc oxide, or mixtures thereof.
Powders and sprays may contain, in addition to a subject composition, excipients such as lactose, talc, silicic acid, aluminum hydroxide, calcium silicates and polyamide powder, or mixtures of these substances. Sprays may additionally contain customary propellants, such as chlorofluorohydrocarbons and volatile unsubstituted hydrocarbons, such as butane and propane.
Compositions and compounds may alternatively be administered by aerosol. This is accomplished by preparing an aqueous aerosol, liposomal preparation or solid particles containing the compound. A non-aqueous (e.g., fluorocarbon propellant) suspension could be used. Sonic nebulizers may be used because they minimize exposing the agent to shear, which may result in degradation of the compounds contained in the subject compositions. Ordinarily, an aqueous aerosol is made by formulating an aqueous solution or suspension of a subject composition together with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and stabilizers. The carriers and stabilizers vary with the requirements of the particular subject composition, but typically include non-ionic surfactants (Tweens, Pluronics, or polyethylene glycol), innocuous proteins like serum albumin, sorbitan esters, oleic acid, lecithin, amino acids such as glycine, buffers, salts, sugars, or sugar alcohols. Aerosols generally are prepared from isotonic solutions.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for parenteral administration comprise a subject composition in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable sterile isotonic aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, dispersions, suspensions or emulsions, or sterile powders which may be reconstituted into sterile injectable solutions or dispersions just prior to use, which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats, solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient or suspending or thickening agents.
Examples of suitable aqueous and non-aqueous carriers which may be employed in the pharmaceutical compositions include water, ethanol, polyols (such as glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof, vegetable oils, such as olive oil, and injectable organic esters, such as ethyl oleate and cyclodextrins. Proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of coating materials, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersions, and by the use of surfactants
In another aspect, enteral pharmaceutical formulations including a disclosed pharmaceutical composition comprising monomers, dimers, and/or multimers, an enteric material; and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient thereof are provided. Enteric materials refer to polymers that are substantially insoluble in the acidic environment of the stomach, and that are predominantly soluble in intestinal fluids at specific pHs. The small intestine is the part of the gastrointestinal tract (gut) between the stomach and the large intestine, and includes the duodenum, jejunum, and ileum. The pH of the duodenum is about 5.5, the pH of the jejunum is about 6.5 and the pH of the distal ileum is about 7.5. Accordingly, enteric materials are not soluble, for example, until a pH of about 5.0, of about 5.2, of about 5.4, of about 5.6, of about 5.8, of about 6.0, of about 6.2, of about 6.4, of about 6.6, of about 6.8, of about 7.0, of about 7.2, of about 7.4, of about 7.6, of about 7.8, of about 8.0, of about 8.2, of about 8.4, of about 8.6, of about 8.8, of about 9.0, of about 9.2, of about 9.4, of about 9.6, of about 9.8, or of about 10.0. Exemplary enteric materials include cellulose acetate phthalate (CAP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate (HPMCP), polyvinyl acetate phthalate (PVAP), hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate (HPMCAS), cellulose acetate trimellitate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose succinate, cellulose acetate succinate, cellulose acetate hexahydrophthalate, cellulose propionate phthalate, cellulose acetate maleat, cellulose acetate butyrate, cellulose acetate propionate, copolymer of methylmethacrylic acid and methyl methacrylate, copolymer of methyl acrylate, methylmethacrylate and methacrylic acid, copolymer of methylvinyl ether and maleic anhydride (Gantrez ES series), ethyl methyacrylate-methylmethacrylate-chlorotrimethylammonium ethyl acrylate copolymer, natural resins such as zein, shellac and copal collophorium, and several commercially available enteric dispersion systems (e.g., Eudragit L30D55, Eudragit FS30D, Eudragit L100, Eudragit S100, Kollicoat EMM30D, Estacryl 30D, Coateric, and Aquateric). The solubility of each of the above materials is either known or is readily determinable in vitro. The foregoing is a list of possible materials, but one of skill in the art with the benefit of the disclosure would recognize that it is not comprehensive and that there are other enteric materials that may be used.
Advantageously, kits are provided containing one or more compositions each including the same or different monomers. Such kits include a suitable dosage form such as those described above and instructions describing the method of using such dosage form to treat a disease or condition. The instructions would direct the consumer or medical personnel to administer the dosage form according to administration modes known to those skilled in the art. Such kits could advantageously be packaged and sold in single or multiple kit units. An example of such a kit is a so-called blister pack. Blister packs are well known in the packaging industry and are being widely used for the packaging of pharmaceutical unit dosage forms (tablets, capsules, and the like). Blister packs generally consist of a sheet of relatively stiff material covered with a foil of a preferably transparent plastic material. During the packaging process recesses are formed in the plastic foil. The recesses have the size and shape of the tablets or capsules to be packed. Next, the tablets or capsules are placed in the recesses and the sheet of relatively stiff material is sealed against the plastic foil at the face of the foil which is opposite from the direction in which the recesses were formed. As a result, the tablets or capsules are sealed in the recesses between the plastic foil and the sheet. Preferably the strength of the sheet is such that the tablets or capsules can be removed from the blister pack by manually applying pressure on the recesses whereby an opening is formed in the sheet at the place of the recess. The tablet or capsule can then be removed via said opening.
It may be desirable to provide a memory aid on the kit, e.g., in the form of numbers next to the tablets or capsules whereby the numbers correspond with the days of the regimen which the tablets or capsules so specified should be ingested. Another example of such a memory aid is a calendar printed on the card, e.g., as follows “First Week, Monday, Tuesday, . . . etc. . . . Second Week, Monday, Tuesday, . . . ” etc. Other variations of memory aids will be readily apparent. A “daily dose” can be a single tablet or capsule or several pills or capsules to be taken on a given day. Also, a daily dose of a first compound can consist of one tablet or capsule while a daily dose of the second compound can consist of several tablets or capsules and vice versa. The memory aid should reflect this.
Also contemplated herein are methods and compositions that include a second active agent, or administering a second active agent.
Also contemplated herein are methods and compositions that include a second active agent, or administering a second active agent.
Certain terms employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are collected here. These definitions should be read in light of the entirety of the disclosure and understood as by a person of skill in the art. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by a person of ordinary skill in the art.
DEFINITIONSIn some embodiments, the compounds, as described herein, may be substituted with any number of substituents or functional moieties. In general, the term “substituted” whether preceded by the term “optionally” or not, and substituents contained in formulas, refer to the replacement of hydrogen radicals in a given structure with the radical of a specified substituent.
In some instances, when more than one position in any given structure may be substituted with more than one substituent selected from a specified group, the substituent may be either the same or different at every position.
As used herein, the term “substituted” is contemplated to include all permissible substituents of organic compounds. In a broad aspect, the permissible substituents include acyclic and cyclic, branched and unbranched, carbocyclic and heterocyclic, aromatic and non-aromatic substituents of organic compounds. In some embodiments, heteroatoms such as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any permissible substituents of organic compounds described herein which satisfy the valencies of the heteroatoms. Non-limiting examples of substituents include acyl; aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy; cycloalkoxy; heterocyclylalkoxy; heterocyclyloxy; heterocyclyloxyalkyl; alkenyloxy; alkynyloxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; oxo; —F; —Cl; —Br; —I; —OH; —NO2; —CN; —SCN; —SRx; —CF3; —CH2CF3; —CHCl2; —CH2OH; —CH2CH2OH; —CH2NH2; —CH2SO2CH3; —ORx, —C(O)Rx; —CO2(Rx); —C(O)N(Rx)2; —OC(O)Rx; —OCO2Rx; —OC(O)N(Rx)2; —N(Rx)2; —SORx; —S(O)2Rx; —NRxC(O)Rx; or —C(Rx)3; wherein each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Furthermore, the compounds described herein are not intended to be limited in any manner by the permissible substituents of organic compounds. In some embodiments, combinations of substituents and variables described herein may be preferably those that result in the formation of stable compounds. The term “stable,” as used herein, refers to compounds which possess stability sufficient to allow manufacture and which maintain the integrity of the compound for a sufficient period of time to be detected and preferably for a sufficient period of time to be useful for the purposes detailed herein.
The term “acyl,” as used herein, refers to a moiety that includes a carbonyl group. In some embodiments, an acyl group may have a general formula selected from —C(O)Rx; —CO2(Rx); —C(O)N(Rx)2; —OC(O)Rx; —OCO2Rx; and —OC(O)N(Rx)2; wherein each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
The term “aliphatic,” as used herein, includes both saturated and unsaturated, straight chain (i.e., unbranched), branched, acyclic, cyclic, or polycyclic aliphatic hydrocarbons, which are optionally substituted with one or more functional groups. As will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art, “aliphatic” is intended herein to include, but is not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and cycloalkynyl moieties. The term “heteroaliphatic,” as used herein, refers to aliphatic moieties that contain one or more oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, phosphorus, or silicon atoms, e.g., in place of carbon atoms. Heteroaliphatic moieties may be branched, unbranched, cyclic or acyclic and include saturated and unsaturated heterocycles such as morpholino, pyrrolidinyl, etc. In certain embodiments, heteroaliphatic moieties are substituted by independent replacement of one or more of the hydrogen atoms thereon with one or more moieties including, but not limited to acyl; aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy; cycloalkoxy; heterocyclylalkoxy; heterocyclyloxy; heterocyclyloxyalkyl; alkenyloxy; alkynyloxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; oxo; —F; —Cl; —Br; —I; —OH; —NO2; —CN; —SCN; —SRx; —CF3; —CH2CF3; —CHCl2; —CH2OH; —CH2CH2OH; —CH2NH2; —CH2SO2CH3; —ORx, —C(O)Rx; —CO2(Rx); —C(O)N(Rx)2; —OC(O)Rx; —OCO2Rx; —OC(O)N(Rx)2; —N(Rx)2; —SORx; —S(O)2Rx; —NRxC(O)Rx; or —C(Rx)3; wherein each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted.
In general, the terms “aryl” and “heteroaryl,” as used herein, refer to stable mono- or polycyclic, heterocyclic, polycyclic, and polyheterocyclic unsaturated moieties having preferably 3-14 carbon atoms, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted. Substituents include, but are not limited to, any of the previously mentioned substituents, i.e., the substituents recited for aliphatic moieties, or for other moieties as disclosed herein, resulting in the formation of a stable compound. In certain embodiments, aryl refers to a mono- or bicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two aromatic rings including, but not limited to, phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like. In certain embodiments, the term heteroaryl, as used herein, refers to a cyclic aromatic radical having from five to ten ring atoms of which one ring atom is selected from the group consisting of S, O, and N; zero, one, or two ring atoms are additional heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of S, O, and N; and the remaining ring atoms are carbon, the radical being joined to the rest of the molecule via any of the ring atoms, such as, for example, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, isooxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiophenyl, furanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, and the like.
It will be appreciated that aryl and heteroaryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted, wherein substitution includes replacement of one, two, three, or more of the hydrogen atoms thereon independently with any one or more of the following moieties including, but not limited to: aliphatic; heteroaliphatic; aryl; heteroaryl; arylalkyl; heteroarylalkyl; alkoxy; cycloalkoxy; heterocyclylalkoxy; heterocyclyloxy; heterocyclyloxyalkyl; alkenyloxy; alkynyloxy; aryloxy; heteroalkoxy; heteroaryloxy; alkylthio; arylthio; heteroalkylthio; heteroarylthio; oxo; —F; —Cl; —Br; —I; —OH; —NO2; —CN; —CF3; —CH2CF3; —CHCl2; —CH2OH; —CH2CH2OH; —CH2NH2; —CH2SO2CH3; —C(O)Rx; —CO2(Rx); —CON(Rx)2; —OC(O)Rx; —OCO2Rx; —OCON(Rx)2; —N(Rx)2; —S(O)2Rx; —NRx(CO)Rx, wherein each occurrence of Rx independently includes, but is not limited to, hydrogen, aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl, wherein any of the aliphatic, heteroaliphatic, arylalkyl, or heteroarylalkyl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted, branched or unbranched, cyclic or acyclic, and wherein any of the aryl or heteroaryl substituents described above and herein may be substituted or unsubstituted. Additional examples of generally applicable substituents are illustrated by the specific embodiments shown in the Examples that are described herein.
The term “heterocyclic,” as used herein, refers to an aromatic or non-aromatic, partially unsaturated or fully saturated, 3- to 10-membered ring system, which includes single rings of 3 to 8 atoms in size and bi- and tri-cyclic ring systems which may include aromatic five- or six-membered aryl or aromatic heterocyclic groups fused to a non-aromatic ring. These heterocyclic rings include those having from one to three heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, in which the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. In certain embodiments, the term heterocyclic refers to a non-aromatic 5-, 6-, or 7-membered ring or a polycyclic group wherein at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from the group consisting of O, S, and N (wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized), including, but not limited to, a bi- or tri-cyclic group, comprising fused six-membered rings having between one and three heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of the oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, wherein (i) each 5-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, each 6-membered ring has 0 to 2 double bonds, and each 7-membered ring has 0 to 3 double bonds, (ii) the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, (iii) the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized, and (iv) any of the above heterocyclic rings may be fused to an aryl or heteroaryl ring.
The term “alkenyl” as used herein refers to an unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, such as a straight or branched group of 2-6 or 3-4 carbon atoms, referred to herein for example as C2-6alkenyl, and C3-4alkenyl, respectively. Exemplary alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, etc.
The term “alkenyloxy” used herein refers to a straight or branched alkenyl group attached to an oxygen (alkenyl-O). Exemplary alkenoxy groups include, but are not limited to, groups with an alkenyl group of 3-6 carbon atoms referred to herein as C3-6alkenyloxy. Exemplary “alkenyloxy” groups include, but are not limited to allyloxy, butenyloxy, etc.
The term “alkoxy” as used herein refers to a straight or branched alkyl group attached to an oxygen (alkyl-O—). Exemplary alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, groups with an alkyl group of 1-6 or 2-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as C1-6alkoxy, and C2-C6alkoxy, respectively. Exemplary alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, etc.
The term “alkoxycarbonyl” as used herein refers to a straight or branched alkyl group attached to oxygen, attached to a carbonyl group (alkyl-O—C(O)—). Exemplary alkoxycarbonyl groups include, but are not limited to, alkoxycarbonyl groups of 1-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as C1-6alkoxycarbonyl. Exemplary alkoxycarbonyl groups include, but are not limited to, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, etc.
The term “alkynyloxy” used herein refers to a straight or branched alkynyl group attached to an oxygen (alkynyl-O)). Exemplary alkynyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, propynyloxy.
The term “alkyl” as used herein refers to a saturated straight or branched hydrocarbon, for example, such as a straight or branched group of 1-6, 1-4, or 1-3 carbon atoms, referred to herein as C1-6alkyl, C1-4alkyl, and C1-3alkyl, respectively. Exemplary alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, 2-methyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 2-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-1-butyl, 3-methyl-2-butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl, 2-methyl-1-pentyl, 3-methyl-1-pentyl, 4-methyl-1-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3-methyl-2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-1-butyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, butyl, isobutyl, t-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, etc.
The term “alkylcarbonyl” as used herein refers to a straight or branched alkyl group attached to a carbonyl group (alkyl-C(O)—). Exemplary alkylcarbonyl groups include, but are not limited to, alkylcarbonyl groups of 1-6 atoms, referred to herein as C1-6alkylcarbonyl groups. Exemplary alkylcarbonyl groups include, but are not limited to, acetyl, propanoyl, isopropanoyl, butanoyl, etc.
The term “alkynyl” as used herein refers to an unsaturated straight or branched hydrocarbon having at least one carbon-carbon triple bond, such as a straight or branched group of 2-6, or 3-6 carbon atoms, referred to herein as C2-6alkynyl, and C3-6alkynyl, respectively.
Exemplary alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, butynyl, pentynyl, hexynyl, methylpropynyl, etc.
The term “carbonyl” as used herein refers to the radical —C(O)—.
The term “carboxylic acid” as used herein refers to a group of formula —CO2H.
The term “cyano” as used herein refers to the radical —CN.
The term “cycloalkoxy” as used herein refers to a cycloalkyl group attached to an oxygen (cycloalkyl-O—).
The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein refers to a monocyclic saturated or partially unsaturated hydrocarbon group of for example 3-6, or 4-6 carbons, referred to herein, e.g., as C3-6cycloalkyl or C4-6cycloalkyl and derived from a cycloalkane. Exemplary cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclohexyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentyl, cyclobutyl or, cyclopropyl.
The terms “halo” or “halogen” as used herein refer to F, Cl, Br, or I.
The term “heterocyclylalkoxy” as used herein refers to a heterocyclyl-alkyl-O-group.
The term “heterocyclyloxyalkyl” refers to a heterocyclyl-O-alkyl-group.
The term “heterocyclyloxy” refers to a heterocyclyl-O— group.
The term “heteroaryloxy” refers to a heteroaryl-O— group.
The terms “hydroxy” and “hydroxyl” as used herein refers to the radical —OH.
The term “oxo” as used herein refers to the radical ═O.
The term “connector” as used herein to refers to an atom or a collection of atoms optionally used to link interconnecting moieties, such as a disclosed linker and a pharmacophore. Contemplated connectors are generally hydrolytically stable.
“Treating” includes any effect, e.g., lessening, reducing, modulating, or eliminating, that results in the improvement of the condition, disease, disorder and the like.
“Pharmaceutically or pharmacologically acceptable” include molecular entities and compositions that do not produce an adverse, allergic, or other untoward reaction when administered to an animal, or a human, as appropriate. For human administration, preparations should meet sterility, pyrogenicity, general safety and purity standards as required by FDA Office of Biologics standards.
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” as used herein refers to any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, that are compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such media and agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. The compositions may also contain other active compounds providing supplemental, additional, or enhanced therapeutic functions.
The term “pharmaceutical composition” as used herein refers to a composition comprising at least one compound as disclosed herein formulated together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
“Individual,” “patient,” or “subject” are used interchangeably and include any animal, including mammals, preferably mice, rats, other rodents, rabbits, dogs, cats, swine, cattle, sheep, horses, or primates, and most preferably humans. The compounds can be administered to a mammal, such as a human, but can also be administered to other mammals such as an animal in need of veterinary treatment, e.g., domestic animals (e.g., dogs, cats, and the like), farm animals (e.g., cows, sheep, pigs, horses, and the like) and laboratory animals (e.g., rats, mice, guinea pigs, and the like). The mammal treated is desirably a mammal in which treatment of obesity, or weight loss is desired. “Modulation” includes antagonism (e.g., inhibition), agonism, partial antagonism and/or partial agonism.
In the present specification, the term “therapeutically effective amount” means the amount of the subject compound that will elicit the biological or medical response of a tissue, system, animal, or human that is being sought by the researcher, veterinarian, medical doctor, or other clinician. The compounds are administered in therapeutically effective amounts to treat a disease. Alternatively, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound is the quantity required to achieve a desired therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect, such as an amount which results in weight loss.
The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)” as used herein refers to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the present compositions. Compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to malate, oxalate, chloride, bromide, iodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate and pamoate (i.e., 1,1′-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Compounds included in the present compositions that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium, lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts. Compounds included in the present compositions that include a basic or acidic moiety may also form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids. The compounds of the disclosure may contain both acidic and basic groups; for example, one amino and one carboxylic acid group. In such a case, the compound can exist as an acid addition salt, a zwitterion, or a base salt.
The compounds of the disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. The term “stereoisomers” when used herein consist of all geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. These compounds may be designated by the symbols “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom. Various stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof are encompassed by this disclosure. Stereoisomers include enantiomers and diastereomers. Mixtures of enantiomers or diastereomers may be designated “(±)” in nomenclature, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly.
The compounds of the disclosure may contain one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. The enantiomers and diastereomers may be designated by the symbols “(+),” “(−).” “R” or “S,” depending on the configuration of substituents around the stereogenic carbon atom, but the skilled artisan will recognize that a structure may denote a chiral center implicitly. Geometric isomers, resulting from the arrangement of substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond or arrangement of substituents around a cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring, can also exist in the compounds. The symbol denotes a bond that may be a single, double or triple bond as described herein. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond are designated as being in the “Z” or “E” configuration wherein the terms “Z” and “E” are used in accordance with IUPAC standards. Unless otherwise specified, structures depicting double bonds encompass both the “E” and “Z” isomers. Substituents around a carbon-carbon double bond alternatively can be referred to as “cis” or “trans,” where “cis” represents substituents on the same side of the double bond and “trans” represents substituents on opposite sides of the double bond. The arrangement of substituents around a carbocyclic ring can also be designated as “cis” or “trans.” The term “cis” represents substituents on the same side of the plane of the ring and the term “trans” represents substituents on opposite sides of the plane of the ring. Mixtures of compounds wherein the substituents are disposed on both the same and opposite sides of plane of the ring are designated “cis/trans.”
The term “stereoisomers” when used herein consist of all geometric isomers, enantiomers or diastereomers. Various stereoisomers of these compounds and mixtures thereof are encompassed by this disclosure.
Individual enantiomers and diasteriomers of the compounds can be prepared synthetically from commercially available starting materials that contain asymmetric or stereogenic centers, or by preparation of racemic mixtures followed by resolution methods well known to those of ordinary skill in the art. These methods of resolution are exemplified by (1) attachment of a mixture of enantiomers to a chiral auxiliary, separation of the resulting mixture of diastereomers by recrystallization or chromatography and liberation of the optically pure product from the auxiliary, (2) salt formation employing an optically active resolving agent, (3) direct separation of the mixture of optical enantiomers on chiral liquid chromatographic columns or (4) kinetic resolution using steroselective chemical or enzymatic reagents. Racemic mixtures can also be resolved into their component enantiomers by well known methods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Stereoselective syntheses, a chemical or enzymatic reaction in which a single reactant forms an unequal mixture of stereoisomers during the creation of a new stereocenter or during the transformation of a pre-existing one, are well known in the art. Stereoselective syntheses encompass both enantio- and diastereoselective transformations. For examples, see Carreira and Kvaerno, Classics in Stereoselective Synthesis, Wiley-VCH: Weinheim, 2009.
The compounds disclosed herein can exist in solvated as well as unsolvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like. In one embodiment, the compound is amorphous. In one embodiment, the compound is a polymorph. In another embodiment, the compound is in a crystalline form.
Also embraced are isotopically labeled compounds which are identical to those recited herein, except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be incorporated into the compounds include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine and chlorine, such as 10B, 2H, 3H, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 17O, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F, and 36Cl, respectively. For example, a compound may have one or more H atom replaced with deuterium.
Certain isotopically-labeled disclosed compounds (e.g., those labeled with 3H and 14C) are useful in compound and/or substrate tissue distribution assays. Tritiated (i.e., 3H) and carbon-14 (i.e., 14C) isotopes are particularly preferred for their ease of preparation and detectability. Further, substitution with heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) may afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability (e.g., increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements) and hence may be preferred in some circumstances. Isotopically labeled compounds can generally be prepared by following procedures analogous to those disclosed in the Examples herein by substituting an isotopically labeled reagent for a non-isotopically labeled reagent.
The term “prodrug” refers to compounds that are transformed in vivo to yield a disclosed compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate of the compound. The transformation may occur by various mechanisms (such as by esterase, amidase, phosphatase, oxidative and or reductive metabolism) in various locations (such as in the intestinal lumen or upon transit of the intestine, blood, or liver). Prodrugs are well known in the art (for example, see Rautio, Kumpulainen, et al, Nature Reviews Drug Discovery 2008, 7, 255). For example, if a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate of the compound contains a carboxylic acid functional group, a prodrug can comprise an ester formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the acid group with a group such as (C1-8)alkyl, (C2-12)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(alkanoyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkanoyloxy)-ethyl having from 5 to 10 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl having from 3 to 6 carbon atoms, 1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 4 to 7 carbon atoms, 1-methyl-1-(alkoxycarbonyloxy)ethyl having from 5 to 8 carbon atoms, N-(alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl having from 3 to 9 carbon atoms, 1-(N-(alkoxycarbonyl)amino)ethyl having from 4 to 10 carbon atoms, 3-phthalidyl, 4-crotonolactonyl, gamma-butyrolacton-4-yl, di-N,N—(C1-C2)alkylamino(C2-C3)alkyl (such as β-dimethylaminoethyl), carbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl, N,N-di(C1-C2)alkylcarbamoyl-(C1-C2)alkyl and piperidino-, pyrrolidino- or morpholino(C2-C3)alkyl.
Similarly, if a compound contains an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as (C1-6)alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-((C1-6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-((C1-6)alkanoyloxy)ethyl (C1-6)alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N—(C1-6)alkoxycarbonylaminomethyl, succinoyl, (C1-6)alkanoyl, α-amino(C1-4)alkanoyl, arylacyl and α-aminoacyl, or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from the naturally occurring L-amino acids, P(O)(OH)2, —P(O)(O(C1-C6)alkyl)2 or glycosyl (the radical resulting from the removal of a hydroxyl group of the hemiacetal form of a carbohydrate).
If a compound incorporates an amine functional group, a prodrug can be formed, for example, by creation of an amide or carbamate, an N-acyloxyakyl derivative, an (oxodioxolenyl)methyl derivative, an N-Mannich base, imine, or enamine. In addition, a secondary amine can be metabolically cleaved to generate a bioactive primary amine, or a tertiary amine can be metabolically cleaved to generate a bioactive primary or secondary amine. For examples, see Simplício, et al., Molecules 2008, 13, 519 and references therein.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCEAll publications and patents mentioned herein, including those items listed below, are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes as if each individual publication or patent was specifically and individually incorporated by reference. In case of conflict, the present application, including any definitions herein, will control.
EXAMPLESThe compounds described herein can be prepared in a number of ways based on the teachings contained herein and synthetic procedures known in the art. In the description of the synthetic methods described below, it is to be understood that all proposed reaction conditions, including choice of solvent, reaction atmosphere, reaction temperature, duration of the experiment and workup procedures, can be chosen to be the conditions standard for that reaction, unless otherwise indicated. It is understood by one skilled in the art of organic synthesis that the functionality present on various portions of the molecule should be compatible with the reagents and reactions proposed. Substituents not compatible with the reaction conditions will be apparent to one skilled in the art, and alternate methods are therefore indicated. The starting materials for the examples are either commercially available or are readily prepared by standard methods from known materials.
At least some of the compounds identified as “Intermediates” herein are contemplated as active ingredients.
For ease of reading, intermediates are provided in Table 3. At least some of the compounds identified as “Intermediates” herein are contemplated as compounds of the invention. Example compounds are provided in Table 4.
Stock solutions of recominbant human tryptase, beta, from lung (Promega: catalog number G5631, or Enzo Life Sciences: catalog number BML-SE418) were made at 30 μM, in solution with 50 μM heparin sulfate and 1 M NaCl. Monomer tryptase inhibitor stock solutions were made at 50 mM in DMSO. Test substance plates were made at 1.2× the final concentration in assay buffer (50 mM HEPES, 150 mM NaCl, 100 μM EDTA, pH 7.4, 0.02% Tween-20). A final concentration of 1 nM tryptase was used. When required, test substances were diluted in water immediately before use in 10-fold serial dilutions. After the indicated incubation time, the test substance-tryptase solution at 1.2× concentration, was diluted into assay buffer containing a final concentration of 200 μM N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-Gln-Ala-Arg-AMC HBr [AMC=7-amino-4-methylcoumarin] (Boc-Gln-Ala-Arg-AMC; Enzo Life Sciences: catalog number BML-P237) to a final volume of 50 μl in black opaque round bottom 96 well plates (Corning, catalog number 3792). The release of fluorescent AMC was immediately measured every 30 seconds over 15-30 minutes at an excitation wavelength of 367 nm, monitoring emission at 468 nm on a Spectramax M5 (Molecular Devices) microplate reader. The Softmax Pro (Molecular Devices) and Graphpad prism software were used to determine Vmax, and concentration-response curve IC50s, respectively. Combinations of monomeric test substances were typically tested in a 1:1 ratio initially, and those displaying IC50's>4× lower than that of the most potent monomeric component were often retested with a range of ratios of manomeric concentrations.
Example 2 Evaluation of Inhibition of Ribosomal Protein Synthesis by MultimersMonomers with the potential to form heterodimers were evaluated in an in vitro Transcription and Translation assay (TnT assay) using the commercially available E. coli S30 Extract System for Circular DNA kit (Promega Catalog #L1020) according to the manufacturers instructions with minor modifications. Monomers were tested independently to determine individual IC50 values. Pairs of monomers with the potential to form heterodimers were assayed at concentrations that ranged about their individual IC25 values. Each reaction uses 2 μl (250 ng/μl) of the pBESTluc™ DNA based circular luciferase plasmid (Promega Catalog #L492A), with 4 μl of complete amino acid mix (Promega Catalog #L4461), 13 μl of S30 Premix Without Amino Acids (Promega Catalog #L512A), 5 μl of S30 Extract (Promega Catalog #L464A), monomers at the appropriate concentration, and nuclease free water in a total volume of 35 μl. Assays were carried out in Costar 96 well white round bottom plates. Assay plates were setup with a master mix consisting of S30 extract and water, followed by the addition of compound, with the final addition of a master mix consisting of the plasmid, amino acid mix, and the S30 Premix. Plates were incubated at 37° C. for one hour followed by addition of 35 μl of the Bright-Glo Luciferase Reagent (Promega Catalog #E2620). After removal of 35 μl of the reaction mixture, the luminescence was recorded immediately in the Spectramax M5 plate reader (Molecular Devices). The data was plotted to generate dose-response curves using GraphPad Prism.
In Table 5 below, IC50 ranges are provided for various exemplary monomers against tryptase. For the names of the monomers, the prefix “Target,” as used elsewhere in the Examples, has been shortened to “T.” For example, “Target-14” has been shortened to “T14.” “A” refers to an IC50 range of 0.1 nM to 1 μM, “B” refers to an IC50 range of 1 μM to 10 μM, and “C” refers to an IC50 range of 10 μM to 65 μM.
T75APSPIRO; T75AP (1:10); T84 (1:10); T82 (1:10); T103 (1:10); CMI9317 (1:10); T75ASPIRO 1:10; CMI9321 (1:10); T25b (1:10); T85A (1:10); T74 (1:10); T55D (1:10); T81 (1:10); T102 (1:10); T67; T75A; T114-Spiro; T92OTB (1:10); T70; T21 (Diol); T3; T76A; T78SPIRO; T78SPIRO; T27; T113SPIRO; T43; T65; T41; T71; T78; T75AOTBSPIRO; T101; T53; T66; T142ENDOANTI; T72; T2; T141ENDOANTI; T2-spiro; T92SPIRO; T83 (1:10); T74SPIRO; T41GEM; T76; T73; T136A; T104; T104SPIRO.
Additional Boronic Acid Monomers Belonging to Group B: T35SPIRO; T107; T147; T107SPIRO; T155SPIRO; T132SPIRO; T31; T34; T32; T37; T154; T143; T59; T62; T54BASPIRO; T57; T64; T12; T144; T58; T33SPAM; T33; T11F; T54BA. Additional Benzooxaborole Monomers Belonging to Group B: T112SPIRO; T117METHYLSPIRO; T36. Additional Ligands Belonging to Group B:T42; T126; T24Dihydro; T26diol trans; T920PH; T92PHSPIRO; T1; T86; T69; T24cis; T141EXOANTI; T44; T141EXOSYN; T139RACEENDO; T30; T24; T68; T27F; T99; T26diol cis; T75; T5; T92; T127; T97; T920TBSPIRO; T22_diol; T75AOTB; T28; T140RACEENDO; T40; T96.
Additional Boronic Acid Monomers Belonging to Group C: T11; T146; T13; T51. Additional Ligands Belonging to Group C: T142EXOANTI; T142ENDOSYN; T98; T100; T77; T9; T8In Table 6 below, IC50 ratios are provided for various exemplary monomer pairs against tryptase. The IC50 ratio is calculated by dividing the smallest monomer IC50 value chosen from between monomer 1 and monomer 2 by the apparent IC50 value for an essentially equimolar combination of monomer 1 and monomer 2. For the names of the monomers, the prefix “Target,” as used elsewhere in the Examples, has been shortened to “T.” For example, “Target-100” has been shortened to “T100.” “AA” refers to an IC50 ratio of 30 or greater, “BB” refers to an IC50 ratio of 10-30, and “CC” refers to an IC50 ratio of 3-10.
T104SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T104+T133SPIRO; T104SPIRO+T35SPAM; T104SPIRO+T133SPIRO; T104+T35SPAM; T78+T133SPIRO; T104+T35SPIRO; T78+T35; T74SPIRO+T133SPIRO; T27F+T133SPIRO; T92+T133SPIRO; T78+T35SPAM; T92+T132SPIRO; T92+T35SPAM; T104+T132SPIRO; T104SPIRO+T132SPIRO; T74SPIRO+T112SPIRO; T27F+T51; T104SPIRO+T35; T78+T35F; T78SPIRO+T35SPAM; T78+T35SPIRO; T74SPIRO+T35SPAM; T28+T133SPIRO; T78SPIRO+T133SPIRO; T104+T35; T28+T107SPIRO; T104+T112SPIRO; T78SPIRO+T35; T78+T132SPIRO; T74SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T104SPIRO+T35F; T2Spiro+T35SPAM; T78SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T28+T147; T28+T35SPIRO; T27F+T64; T78SPIRO+T35F; T68+T133SPIRO; T27F+T132SPIRO; T113SPIRO+T133SPIRO; T68+T147; T92+T112SPIRO; T2Spiro+T133SPIRO; T74SPIRO+T132SPIRO; T42+T112SPIRO; T69+T132SPIRO; T28+T132SPIRO; T28+T107; T92PHSPIRO+T35SPIRO; T104SPIRO+T112SPIRO; T92+T35SPIRO; T104+T35F; T69+T133SPIRO; T27F+T107SPIRO; T78SPIRO+T132SPIRO; T27F+T54BA; T92PHSPIRO+T133SPIRO; T28+T33; T27F+T109SPIRO; T68+T132SPIRO; T92PHSPIRO+T132SPIRO; T27F+T107; T92+T11F; T92PHSPIRO+T35SPAM; T78+T112SPIRO; T96+T11; T92SPIRO+T133SPIRO; T2+T133SPIRO; T68+T107SPIRO; T92+T11; T2SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T69+T35SPAM; T96+T11F; T92PHSPIRO+T109SPIRO; T92+T35; T92SPIRO+T35SPAM; T100+T11; T2Spiro+T132SPIRO; T69+T35SPIRO; T78+T131SPIRO; T28+T109SPIRO; T74SPIRO+T35F; T74SPIRO+T35; T68+T107; T27+T133SPIRO; T139RACEENDO+T32; T78SPIRO+T112SPIRO; T2+T131SPIRO; T69+T131SPIRO; T104+T131SPIRO.
Additional 1:1 Combinations Belonging to Group BB:T2Spiro+T35F; T27F+T58; T78SPIRO+T131SPIRO; T69+T112SPIRO; T27F+T12; T92PHSPIRO+T35; T27F+T35; T42+T37; T92+T35F; T27F+T34; T27F+T35SPAM; T92SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T126+T112SPIRO; T920PH+T35SPIRO; T92SPIRO+T132SPIRO; T92+T37; T2+T35SPAM; T28+T155SPIRO; T27F+T35SPIRO; T2Spiro+T131SPIRO; T100+T11F; T28+T146; T28+T35; T74SPIRO+T131SPIRO; T68+T109SPIRO; T920PH+T35SPAM; T68+T146; T42+T10; T92+T109SPIRO; T92PHSPIRO+T112SPIRO; T27F+T112SPIRO; T92PHSPIRO+T35F; T26diol cis+T33; T2+T132SPIRO; T27F+T57; T28+T35F; T68+T33; T68+T35; T92SPIRO+T35F; T97+T133SPIRO; T920PH+T35; T27F+T32; T92OPH+T133SPIRO; T92OPH+T132SPIRO; T2Spiro+T35; T113SPIRO+T35SPAM; T2+T35F; T27F+T54BASPIRO; T99+T32; T68+T35SPIRO; T27F+T147; T27F+T155SPIRO; T96+T56; T98+T11; T141EXOSYN+T32; T2+T35; T96+T37; T104SPIRO+T131SPIRO; T74+T112SPIRO; T27F+T37; T68+T35F; T24+T11F; T2Spiro+T112SPIRO; T69+T35; T96+T132SPIRO; T92SPIRO+T35; T2+T35SPIRO; T96+T54BA; T42+T35SPIRO; T28+T35SPAM; T113SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T97+T11F; T27F+T13; T104SPIRO+T109SPIRO; T69+T35F; T96+T133SPIRO; T920PH+T35F; T97+T11; T2+T112SPIRO; T68+T58; T920PH+T37; T92PHSPIRO+T131SPIRO; T77+T132SPIRO; T96+T32; T27F+T35F; T127+T147; T97+T33; T40+T11F; T141EXOSYN+T62; T78+T109SPIRO; T100+T37; T97+T64; T100+T51; T100+T13; T92OPH+T109SPIRO; T42+T133SPIRO; T97+T58; T98+T11F; T92OPH+T112SPIRO; T140RACEENDO+T54BA; T97+T37; T92+T131SPIRO; T28+T54BA; T42+T11F; T27F+T11; T96+T51; T65+T133SPIRO; T100+T133SPIRO; T92PHSPIRO+T107SPIRO; T74SPIRO+T109SPIRO; T74+T35SPAM; T127+T33; T100+T64.
Additional 1:1 Combinations Belonging to Group CC: T69+T109SPIRO; T68+T35SPAM; T100+T155SPIRO; T24+T11; T75A+T35F; T40+T58; T28+T59; T27+T51; T92+T54BASPIRO; T75+T112SPIRO; T28+T33SPAM; T140RACEENDO+T59; T29+T11F; T42+T35SPAM; T96+T35SPIRO; T78SPIRO+T109SPIRO; T24cis+T37; T68+T36; T68+T112SPIRO; T101+T56; T42+T132SPIRO; T139RACEENDO+T62; T113SPIRO+T132SPIRO; T92+T64; T104+T109SPIRO; T97+T132SPIRO; T24+T59; T127+T132SPIRO; T1+T133SPIRO; T27F+T146; T68+T155SPIRO; T142EXOANTI+T146; T24+T58; T28+T58; T75+T133SPIRO; T24+T133SPIRO; T140RACEENDO+T33; T27F+T131SPIRO; T27+T109SPIRO; T92+T54BA; T24cis+T132SPIRO; T99+T56; T74 +T35SPAM; T27+T132SPIRO; T42+T11; T1+T37; T24+T37; T43+T56; T75+T35SPIRO; T75A+T35SPIRO; T75+T132SPIRO; T92+T58; T920TB+T51; T92SPIRO+T131SPIRO; T100+T56; T96+T13; T96+T64; T77+T35SPAM; T27F+T59; T98+T32; T127+T107SPIRO; T26diol cis+T32; T77+T11; T26diol cis+T11; T100+T54BA; T96+T109SPIRO; T27F+T10; T100+T32; T97+T59; T1+T11F; T127+T35SPIRO; T97+T32; T126+T35SPAM; T139RACEENDO+T117METHYLSPIRO; T140RACEENDO+T13; T27F+T36; T75A+T131SPIRO; T75A+T35SPAM; T24+T54BASPIRO; T100+T146; T66+T133SPIRO; T92+T107SPIRO; T44+T64; T75A+T112SPIRO; T27F+T33; T97+T54BA; T96+T58; T24cis+T13; T28+T51; T113SPIRO+T35F; T126+T155SPIRO; T97+T51; T22_diol+T51; T114SPIRO+T156; T127+T146; T24cis+T32; T82+T117; T126+T109SPIRO; T92+T57; T74+T133SPIRO; T114SPIRO+T131SPIRO; T127+T133SPIRO; T74+T35SPIRO; T24+T132SPIRO; T100+T132SPIRO; T68+T131SPIRO; T96+T54BASPIRO; T100+T35SPAM; T5+T32; T27F+T11F; T43+T64; T68+T37; T69+T11F; T69+T37; T126+T35SPIRO; T96+T35SPAM; T27+T107SPIRO; T24+T54BA; T75+T35SPAM; T69+T107SPIRO; T24+T64; T97+T35SPIRO; T92PHSPIRO+T155SPIRO; T26diol cis+T155SPIRO; T104+T107; T75A+T132SPIRO; T97+T34; T92+T107; T97+T12; T92+T13; T27+T107; T24+T32; T100+T35SPIRO; T75A+T133SPIRO; T68+T11; T75+T59; T114SPIRO+T35SPAM; T2+T11F; T140RACEENDO+T58; T2Spiro+T109SPIRO; T28+T112SPIRO; T96+T146; T77+T131SPIRO; T42+T54BASPIRO; T29+T11; T114SPIRO+T133SPIRO; T24+T34; T27+T35F; T24+T33; T92OPH+T107SPIRO; T86+T34; T92+T10; T22_diol+T58; T96+T12; T24cis+T54BASPIRO; T139RaceEndo+T154; T28+T154; T28+T34; T100+T12; T27+T131SPIRO; T114SPIRO+T35SPIRO; T69+T11; T68+T54BASPIRO; T98+T13; T83+T132SPIRO; T24cis+T12; T97+T35SPAM; T104+T107SPIRO; T126+T107SPIRO; T77+T35SPIRO; T24Dihydro+T11F; T75AOTB+T51; T68+T34; T71+T32; T98+T51; T75A+T35; T40+T57; T76+T31; T2+T109SPIRO; T127+T07; T69+T107; T24cis+T59; T24cis+T133SPIRO; T27F+T62; T73+T34; T24Dihydro+T133SPIRO; T27+T35SPAM; T75AOTB+T144; T92OPH+T131SPIRO; T24+T57; T42+T34; T104+T155SPIRO; T100+T34; T42+T59; T99+T37; T65+T132SPIRO; T140RaceEndo+T51; T100+T109SPIRO; T113SPIRO+T35; T1+T112SPIRO; T24cis+T58; T43+T36; T40+T133SPIRO; T98+T54BA; T68+T54BA; T92OTBSPIRO+T12; T97+T109SPIRO; T29+T37; T78+T155SPIRO; T27+T35; T24Dihydro+T132SPIRO; T97+T13; T75+T34; T83+T133SPIRO; T1+T35SPAM; T5+T64; T24Dihydro+T32; T24Dihydro+T59; T114SPIRO+T35F; T75+T35; T92+T12; T104SPIRO+T107SPIRO; T141EXOANTI+T32; T92PHSPIRO+T37; T96+T131SPIRO; T99+T34; T126+T133SPIRO; T78+T34; T77+T112SPIRO; T920TBSPIRO+T64; T98+T64; T43+T133SPIRO; T43+T37; T97+T56; T104Spiro+T07; T24cis+T11; T96+T112SPIRO; T104SPIRO+T155SPIRO; T99+T64; T92SPIRO+T112SPIRO; T100+T58; T114SPIRO+T155SPIRO; T76+T112SPIRO; T24+T35SPAM; T8+T35SPAM; T24cis+T54BA; T74SPIRO+T107SPIRO; T99+T54BASPIRO; T141EXOSYN+T147; T42+T58; T127+T35SPAM; T141EXOANTI+T155SPIRO; T141EXOSYN+T155SPIRO; T40+T132SPIRO; T24Dihydro+T37; T42+T35; T75+T58; T920PH+T54BASPIRO; T78+T107; T114SPIRO+T132SPIRO; T100+T57; T97+T62; T68+T11F; T96+T35; T28+T31; T126+T51; T139RACEENDO+T64; T70+T56; T27+T64; T28+T11F; T22_diol+T54BA; T22_diol+T146; T97+T57; T22_diol+T144; T44+T132SPIRO; T100+T107SPIRO; T24Dihydro+T11; T24+T35; T68+T59; T24+T35SPIRO; T92OPH+T11; T142EXOANTI+T154; T126+T107; T42+T36; T98+T132SPIRO; T42+T54BA; T28+T143; T98+T12; T28+T11; T98+T133SPIRO; T139RACEENDO+T12; T97+T54BASPIRO; T126+T132SPIRO; T73+T32; T42+T35F; T77+T133SPIRO; T127+T154; T104+T37; T74SPIRO+T107; T77+T11F; T127+T58; T26diol cis+T11F; T43+T34; T92+T155SPIRO; T142EXOANTI+T107; T65+T35SPIRO; T69+T36; T73+T155SPIRO; T76+T35SPAM; T24Dihydro+T58; T69+T54BASPIRO; T75APSPIRO+T33SPAM; T1+T35SPIRO; T75A+T109SPIRO; T1+T107SPIRO; T24cis+T64; T43+T32; T92PHSPIRO+T11F; T22_diol+T64; T40+T33SPAM; T127+T35; T66+T132SPIRO; T92OTBSPIRO+T132SPIRO; T71+T34; T26diol trans+T36; T113SPIRO+T131SPIRO; T97+T36; T92SPIRO+T109SPIRO; T86+T133SPIRO; T40+T35SPAM; T75AP+T54BASPIRO; T142EXOANTI+T107SPIRO; T24+T33SPAM; T113SPIRO+T146; T22_diol+T33SPAM; T86+T35SPIRO; T65+T35SPAM; T27+T54BA; T92+T36; T24Dihydro+T54BASPIRO; T42+T109SPIRO; T70+T131SPIRO; T98+T35SPIRO; T103+T56; T24Dihydro+T35SPAM; T69+T58; T41GEM+T112SPIRO; T99+T12; T42+T155SPIRO; T29+T54BA; T141EXOANTI+T37; T28+T36; T44+T133SPIRO; T139RaceEndo+T51; T24cis+T35SPAM; T30+T59; T21 (Diol)+T56; T40+T146; T127+T109SPIRO; T40+T51; T1+T64; T142EXOANTI+T147; T2+T107; T75+T36; T78+T37; T76+T10; T75AP+T54BA; T77+T13; T40+T54BA; T100+T59; T96+T35F; T98+T58; T127+T155SPIRO; T104SPIRO+T34; T78+T10; T65+T35F; T5+T107; T99+T58; T78+T107SPIRO; T24+T51; T75+T109SPIRO; T98+T109SPIRO; T22_diol+T57; T126+T35; T44+T12; T96+T57; T140RACEENDO+T155SPIRO; T113SPIRO+T156; T1+T54BASPIRO; T99+T62; T114SPIRO+T35; T98+T146; T74+T35F; T1+T107; T141EXOANTI+T12; T27+T112SPIRO; T92OPH+T107; T92+T56; T139RACEENDO+T146; T27+T34; T97+T112SPIRO; T27F+T31; T24cis+T57; T28+T64; T74SPIRO+T36; T97+T107SPIRO; T139RaceEndo+T143; T25B+T36; T104+T11F; T42+T32; T140RACEENDO+T34; T75+T35F; T104+T11; T75AOTBSPIRO+T10; T92+T144; T75A+T59; T99+T11F; T99+T54BA; T141EXOSYN+T34; T22_diol+T155SPIRO; T69+T155SPIRO; T136A+T109SPIRO; T140RACEENDO+T37; T24cis+T56; T40+T144; T68+T33SPAM; T75AP+T37; T69+T64; T22_diol+T109SPIRO; T24Dihydro+T112SPIRO; T140RACEENDO+T146; T127+T12; T29+T33; T140RACEENDO+T36; T100+T54BASPIRO; T27F+T144; T76+T59; T139RACEENDO+T147; T97+T35; T98+T34; T69+T54BA; T78SPIRO+T155SPIRO; T27F+T33SPAM; T75APSPIRO+T117METHYLSPIRO; T104+T36; T75AOTB+T143; T26diol cis+T64; T75AP+T64; T98+T35SPAM; T92PHSPIRO+T36; T68+T57; T24Dihydro+T10; T24cis+T10; T75AOTB+T12; T77+T35F; T44+T107SPIRO.
Synthesis of 3-(6-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidin-5-yl)acrylic acid was carried out as shown in the scheme below and described in the literature.
100 mg (0.510 mmol) 3-(6-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyrimidin-5-yl)acrylic acid, desired amine (1.5 eq.), N-Ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-Dihydroquinoline (EEDQ 2 eq.) in dimethyl formamide (DMF, 5 mL) were heated to 100° C. and monitored by TLC & LCMS. After consumption of starting material the crude product was isolated either by diluting reaction mass by ethyl acetate followed by filtration of precipitated crude product, or concentrating the DMF in GeneVac® to obtain the crude product.
Dihydroxy compound (Sparso-10) was synthesized by de-methylation of corresponding dimethoxy compound (Sparso-10a) by boron tribromide in dichloromethane at room temperature.
Crude products were purified by preparative HPLC.
Analytical data of the coupled product synthesized is tabulated below in Table 7.
This compound was synthesized by oxidation of (S)—N-((3-(4-(2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxooxazolidin-5-yl)methyl)acetamide by osmium tetroxide as in the reaction scheme below (see Scheme 3).
These reactions were carried out as per literature method (J. Med. Chem. 1996, 39, 673-679) described for synthesis of Linezolid. 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole was used instead of morpholine in step-1.
Step 8 Synthesis of N-(((5S)-3-(4-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)-3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxooxazolidin-5-yl)methyl)acetamideTo a solution of (S)—N-((3-(4-(2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-3-fluorophenyl)-2-oxooxazolidin-5-yl)methyl)acetamide (0.4 g, 1.25 mmol) in acetone (10 mL) and water (3 mL), Osmium tetroxide (3.1 mg, 0.012 mmol), was added at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 15 min. N-methyl morpholine oxide (161 mg, 1.3 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 60% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.7) and product formation (Rf 0.25). 10% sodium bisulphite solution (40 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. The compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated. The compound was purified by column chromatography using Hexane:ethyl acetate as eluent to give the desired product as white solid. (0.07 g, 15.9%)
Mol. Wt: −353.34, M.I. Peak observed: −354.20, HPLC Purity: −99.09%
1H NMR DMSO-d6: −1.83 (s, 3H), 3.16-3.19 (m, 2H), 3.38 (t, 2H), 3.47-3.49 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.68 (q, 1H), 4.01-4.08 (m, 3H), 4.65-4.68 (m, 2H), 4.84-4.85 (d, 1H), 6.65 (t, 1H), 7.05-7.07 (dd, 1H), 7.33-7.38 (dd, 1H), 8.23 (t, 1H). LCMS: (M+1) 354.2
Example 5 Synthesis of Linezolid Derivatives with Catechol, (o-Hydroxy Amido) Aryl or o-Hydroxy Methyl Phenol GroupsDe-methylated Linezolid was synthesized and acylated with desired carboxylic acids by the procedure described earlier. Demethylation of the compounds obtained after acylation with dimethoxy aryl carboxylic acids to get desired diol was carried out as per general procedure below. (Step-3 in the Scheme 4, above)
General Procedure for De-MethylationDimethoxy intermediates were dissolved in dichloromethane (10-50 vol depending on solubility) the reaction mass was cooled to 0° C., Boron tribromide (3 eq) was added and reaction mass was gradually warmed to room temperature. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS till maximum starting was consumed (˜1-8 hrs required). Reaction mass was then concentrated and excess BBr3 was removed by multiple strippings of methanol to get the products as hydrobromide salts.
The (o-hydroxy amido) aryl analogues were synthesized by coupling of corresponding suitably substituted carboxylic acid with de-acetyl Linezolid (Step-6 in the above reaction scheme) as per the general procedure described earlier.
Analogues with o-hydroxy methyl phenol group were synthesized by coupling desired aryl carboxylic acid with 2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol functionality that was protected with isopropylidine group and subsequent deprotection of coupled product in methanolic HCl at room temperature (Step 4 & 5 in reaction Scheme 4.)
All the crude products were purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. Pure products were isolated as TFA salts. Analytical data of the compounds synthesized is as below in Table 8.
Florfenicol amine was synthesized from commercially available florfenicol by the procedure reported in the literature (WO2005/85266). Coupling & subsequent demethylation reactions were carried out as per the general procedure described earlier for similar analogues of Linezolid.
These compounds were synthesized by either of the two methods (Method A & Method B) as below. Required aryl halo carboxylic acids in step-1 of both the methods were either procured commercially or synthesized in house by known methods in the literature.
Method ARequired aryl pinacolato boronate esters/boronic acids with carboxylic acid groups were synthesized and coupled with desired tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate. Later boronate ester functionality was hydrolyzed to boronic acid in acidic media.
Required aryl halo/hydroxy carboxylic acids were esterified by refluxing with excess methanol/ethanol in presence of catalytic sulfuric acid or refluxing the required aryl halo/hydroxy carboxylic acid with thionyl chloride-Methanol/ethanol followed by standard work up involving distillation of excess alcohol and subsequent treatment of residue with aq. sodium bicarbonate followed by extraction with dichloromethane/ethyl acetate. Purification was carried out by column chromatography over 100-200 mesh silica gel using hexane-ethyl acetate.
O-triflate derivatives of hydroxy esters were synthesized as per procedure described in the literature. (J. Med. Chem. 53(5), 2010-2037, 2010)
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 10.
A solution of aryl halo/O-trifluoromethyl sulfonyl carboxylate in common solvents like toluene, dimethyl sulfoxide, dioxane etc was degassed with Argon, to this solution (bis-pinacolato)diboron, Potassium acetate, and Pd(dppf)2Cl2 were added at room temperature and the mixture was heated at 80-100° C. and monitored by TLC & LCMS till starting was consumed to maximum extent. The reaction mixture was then diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate, and ethyl acetate extract was evaporated under vacuum to give the crude products that were purified by column chromatography over silica gel (Gradient: −0-10% ethyl acetate in hexane) The details of compounds synthesized by above method are as below in Table 11.
Boronate ester form step-2 was dissolved in mix of Water and solvents like THF/methanol/Acetone that are miscible in water. To this, lithium hydroxide was added and mixture was stirred at room temperature and monitored by TLC & LCMS till maximum starting was consumed (6-12 hrs required) THF was then concentrated and reaction mass was extracted with ethyl acetate and water. Organic layer was washed with water and combined aq. washings were acidified with 2N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated in vacuum to get crude product. In most of the cases products were sufficient pure to be used for the next step. The details of compounds synthesized by above method are as below.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 12.
To a stirred solution of carboxylic acid from step-3 in DCM or DMF was added and EDCI, HOBT (in some cases) & DMAP or DIPEA. The solution was stirred for 15 min. at 0° C. followed by addition of desired tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS till maximum, starting materials were consumed. Reaction mixture was then quenched with Water and aq. layer was extracted with dichloromethane and combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated under vacuum to afford the product which was used for next step without purification. The details of compounds synthesized by above method are as below in Table 13.
Products from step-4 were stirred with aq. hydrochloric acid or trifluoracetic acid (TFA) in a co-solvent like Acetonitrile, methanol, THF, DCM etc. Reaction was monitored by LCMS till maximum, starting materials were consumed. Reaction mass was then concentrated in vacuum to remove the solvents and residue obtained was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. The pure fraction of mobile phase was lyophilized to get the products as TFA salts.
TFA salts were converted to hydrochloride salts by stirring with 2N HCl for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere followed by lyophilization.
Sometimes only Boc deprotection observed to be taking place with boronate ester functionality intact. In such cases further hydrolysis of isolated Boc de-protected boronate esters was carried out followed by purification using preparative HPLC.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 14.
Non commercial aryl/hetero aryl carboxy boronic acids were synthesized from corresponding aryl halo carboxylic acids by reaction with LDA & Tri alkyl borate followed by hydrolysis as per method described in the literature (US-patent application 2008/306082; 2008 example 20B)
Step-8Coupling reaction of aryl boronic acids were carried out as per general procedure described in Step-4 above. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 15.
Products from step-8 were stirred with Trifluoro acetic acid in dichoromethane at room temperature and reactions were monitored by TLC & LCMS till maximum, starting materials were consumed. Reaction mass was concentrated in vacuum to remove excess trifluoro acetic acid and dichloromethane. Crude products obtained were purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. The pure fraction of mobile phase was lyophilized to get the products as TFA salts.
TFA salts were converted to hydrochloride salts by stirring with 2N HCl for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere followed by lyophilization.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 16.
Desired halo aryl carboxylic acids were first coupled with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate and coupled products were reacted with bis pinacolato diborane to get boronate esters which were hydrolyzed to corresponding boronic acids.
tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate & desired aryl halo carboxylic acids were stirred with PyBop & Diisopropyl ethyl amine in DMF for 24 hrs at room temperature. Reaction mixture was then quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 17.
Product of step-1, was converted boronate ester by reacting with Bis Pinacolato Borane in presence of Potassium acetate DPPF-PdCl2.DCM by heating in 1,4-dioxane/Dimethyl sulfoxide for 12 hrs. R.M was then concentrated in vacuum and residue was purified by column chromatography.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 18.
Products of step-2 were stirred with trifluoro acetic acid in dichloromethane at room temp. Reaction mass was then concentrated in vacuum and used for next step without purification. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 19.
Products of step-3 were stirred with conc. HCl, acetonitrile & water for about 5 hrs under nitrogen atmosphere. There after reaction mass was concentrated in vacuum and crude boronic acid was purified by preparative HPLC. Products were isolated either as TFA salts or acetate salts depending on the buffer used during purification by prep HPLC. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 20.
Desired dimethoxy analogues of carboxylic acids were first coupled with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate and coupled products were de-methylated using boron tribromide.
2-(6-oxo-6H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]chromen-8-yl)acetic acid, required for targets 97 was synthesized by Pechmann reaction of Sesamol & diethyl 3-oxopentanedioate using toluene as a solvent and following the procedure described in the literature for analogous substrate (Chemistry Letters, 2, 110-111, 2001)
6,7-dimethoxy-2-oxo-2H-chromene-3-carboxylic acid & 7,8-dimethoxy-2-oxo-2H-chromene-3-carboxylic acid required for target—100 & 102 were prepared by the reaction of Meldrums acid with 2-hydroxy-4,5-dimethoxybenzaldehyde or 2-hydroxy-3,4-dimethoxybenzaldehyde in water at 75° C. for 2 hrs. Precipitated products were sufficient pure to be used for the next step. Required aldehydes for this were prepared from corresponding trimethoxy benzaldehydes by demethylation using AlCl3 in benzene (JOC, 54, 4112, 1989)
These reactions were performed as per general procedure described in method-A (step-4) or method-B (step-1). The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 20.
Crude products were used for next step without purification.
Product from step-1 was dissolved in dichloromethane and the solution was cooled to 0° C. Boron tribromide (3 eq) was added and reaction mass was gradually warmed to room temperature. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by TLC & LCMS till maximum starting was consumed (1-8 hrs required). Reaction mass was then concentrated and excess BBr3 was removed by multiple strippings of methanol. Residue containing crude product as hydrobromide was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. Pure product isolated as TFA salts were converted to hydrochloride by dissolving in 2N hydrochloric acid followed by lyophilization to get the title compounds as hydrochloride salts.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 21.
Reaction was performed as per General procedure described in method-A (step-4)
Reaction details and analytical data is as below in Table 22.
These reactions were performed as per General procedure described in Step-4 (method A); the details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 23.
These reactions were performed as per General procedure described in Step-2 above. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 24.
Desired carboxylic acid (A) was coupled with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate followed by deprotection of Boc functionality.
2-(7,8-dihydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-2H-chromen-3-yl)acetic acid required for Target-101 was synthesized Pechmann reaction of Pyrogallol & Diethyl acetyl succinate using toluene as a solvent and following the procedure described in the literature for analogous substrate i.e. resorcinol (Chemistry Letters, 2, 110-111, 2001)
Some halo analogues of the Boronic acids in method-A were also synthesized by this approach.
These reactions were carried out as per general procedure in method-A (step-4) Products were purified by column chromatography over silica gel using methanol (0-5%) in Chloroform.
Boc deprotection of the products from step-1 was carried out by stirring it with hydrochloric acid in presence of co-solvent like methanol or dioxane at room temperature. Solvents were then evaporated and residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. Products were isolated as TFA salts. Details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 26.
Ortho hydroxy aromatic aldehyde with carbethoxy/methoxy functionality at suitable position was reduced to get o-hydroxy methyl phenols which were then protected and ester functionality hydrolyzed to get required protected carboxylic acid, which upon coupling with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl) benzylcarbamate and subsequent deprotection in acidic media afforded the title compounds.
In case of napthyl derivative, corresponding cyano derivative instead of carbethoxy/methoxy derivative analogue was synthesized by the route described in scheme-2 and used during step-3.
Required ortho hydroxy aromatic aldehydes with carbethoxy/methoxy functionality were synthesized either by esterification of corresponding carboxylic acid available commercially using reaction conditions described in method-A step-1 (for 4-formyl-3-hydroxy methyl benzoate) or synthesized as per methods in the literature (JACS, 131, 15608-15609, 2009 for methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoate; Syn. Comm, 29, 2061-2068,1999. for 3-formyl-4-hydroxy ethyl cinnamate). (E)-ethyl 3-(3-formyl-4-hydroxyphenyl)acrylate was synthesized as per methods in the literature (Syn. Comm. 30 1003-1008 2000). Aldehyde functionality was reduced either by catalytic hydrogenation or using sodium borohydride in methanol. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 27.
Protection of step-1 products was carried out using 2,2-dimethoxy propane by refluxing in acetone in presence of catalytic p-toluene sulfonic acid. Reaction was monitored by LCMS and after completion of reaction solvents were distilled and crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography using ethyl acetate (0-10%) in hexane. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 27.
Hydrolysis of step-2 products was carried out as per procedure described in Method-A (step-3). In case of C-44, hydrolysis of corresponding cyano compound (G-44) was carried out using ethanolic potassium hydroxide under reflux to get mixture of acid and corresponding amide. This mixture was used for next step without purification. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 28.
Coupling reactions of protected carboxylic acids from step-3 were carried out as per general procedure described in Method-A (Step-4). The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 29.
Boc and isopropylidine deprotection of the compounds was carried out by stirring with Methanolic HCl or Trifluoro acetic acid in dichloromethane at room temperature. Reactions were monitored by LCMS and after reaction completion, reaction mass was concentrated and residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. Products were isolated as TFA salts. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 30.
To a solution of 3,5 dihydroxy-2-napthoic acid (5 g, 24.5 mmol) in THF dry (100 mL), DMS-Borane (7 mL, 73.5 mmol) was added drop wise at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then allowed to reflux for 4 h. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.2) and product formation (Rf-0.4) The reaction mixture was cooled and quenched with saturated solution of ammonium chloride. The compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate, concentrated and purified by column chromatography using ethyl acetate (0-20%) in hexane afford 6-(hydroxymethyl)naphthalene-1,7-diol as an off white solid. Yield: (3.9 g, 83.8%).
LCMS: Ionization not observed; 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 4.61 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 5.11 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H, —OH), 6.71 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (s, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 9.64 (bs, 1H), 9.71 (bs, 1H).
Step-7 (Synthesis of F-44)To a solution of 6-(hydroxymethyl)naphthalene-1,7-diol (1 g, 5.26 mmol) in acetone (120 mL), pyridinium-p-toluenesulfonate (0.13 g, 0.52 mmol) followed by 2,2 dimethoxy propane (0.77 mL, 6.31 mmol) were added at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.4) and product formation (Rf-0.7) The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness and purified by column chromatography using neutral 60-120 mesh silica to give 2,2-dimethyl-4H-naphtho[2,3-d][1,3]dioxin-9-ol. NMR is in agreement with the structure. Yield: (1.2 g, 99%)
LCMS: Ionization not observed; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.60 (s, 6H) 5.06 (s, 2H), 5.39 (bs, 1H, —OH), 6.74 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (s, 1H), 7.54 (s, 1H).
Step-8 (Synthesis of G-44)To a solution of 2,2-dimethyl-4H-naphtho[2,3-d][1,3]dioxin-9-ol (1.2 g, 5.21 mmol) in DCM (130 mL) triethylamine (2.2 mL, 15.6 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. Triflic anhydride (1.3 mL, 7.82 mmol) was added drop wise during which the reaction mixture became black in color. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir as such for 2 h. TLC (Mobile phase 10% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.3) and product formation (Rf-0.6). The reaction mixture was diluted with water. The organic layer was separated dried over sodium sulphate concentrated to give 2,2-dimethyl-4H-naphtho[2,3-d][1,3]dioxin-9-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate. The product was used as such for further reaction without purification. Yield: (1.88 g, Crude)
LCMS: Ionization not observed; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.62 (s, 6H), 5.08 (s, 2H), 7.30 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.38 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (s, 1H), 7.55 (s, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H).
Step-9 (Synthesis of H-44)To a solution of 2,2-dimethyl-4H-naphtho[2,3-d][1,3]dioxin-9-yl trifluoromethanesulfonate (0.37 g, 1.02 mmol) in degassed DMF (5 mL) zinc cyanide (0.23 g, 2.04 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was further degassed for 15 min. Palladium tetrakis (0.23 g, 0.2 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed for 15 min. The reaction mixture was then heated in a bottle at 80° C. for 3 h. TLC (Mobile phase 10% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.6) and product formation (Rf-0.4). The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered through a celite pad. The compound was extracted in ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate concentrated and purified by column chromatography using Hexane ethyl acetate as eluent (60-120 mesh neutral silica) to give 2,2-dimethyl-4H-naphtho[2,3-d][1,3]dioxine-9-carbonitrile. Yield: (0.13 g, 54%).
LCMS: Ionization not observed; 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.62 (s, 6H), 5.09 (s, 2H), 7.34 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (s, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H).
Example 10 Synthesis of 1-Amido phenols Method FOrtho hydroxy aromatic aldehydes, with carbethoxy or methoxy functionality at suitable position were oxidized to get o-carboxy phenols which were then converted to amide by reaction either with ammonia/o-Methyl hydroxylamine. Ester functionality was then hydrolyzed to get required o-Hydroxy amido carboxylic acid, which upon coupling with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate and subsequent deprotection in acidic media afforded the title compounds.
Desired Carbmethoxy hydroxy benzaldehyde was dissolved in Acetonitrile and aq solution of di-sodium hydrogen phosphate & 30% hydrogen peroxide was then added and reaction mass cooled to 0° C. Aq. solution of Sodium chlorite was added to the reaction mass drop wise and reaction mass was allowed to warm to room temperature. Stirring continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS till maximum starting was consumed. Reaction mass was then concentrated, residue was acidified with aq. HCl and product extracted in ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated to get the crude product which was sufficient pure for the use in next step. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 31.
Products from step-1 were converted to desired amides either by conversion to acid chloride and subsequent reaction with ammonia/desired amine or by coupling reaction using EDCI-HOBT in DMF followed by usual work-up as described in method-A (step-4.) Crude products were purified by column chromatography over silica gel using methanol (0-30%) in chloroform.
Intermediates C-76 & D-76 were synthesized by Heck reaction of the desired o-Hydroxy-4-bromo benzamides (Synthesized form 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzoic acid as per general procedure described earlier) using ethyl acrylate and following the procedure described in the literature for analogous compounds (Bull. Korean Chem. Soc. 1999, Vol. 20, 232-236)
Intermediate C-86 was synthesized by the procedure described in the literature (J. Med. Chem. 43, 1670-1683, 2000)
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 32.
Hydrolysis of step-2 products was carried out as per general procedure followed in method-A (step-3) crude products were used for next step unless specified.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 33.
Coupling reactions of step-3 products with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate were carried out as per general procedure followed in method-A (step-4) Crude products
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 34. Unless specified crude products ere used for next step without further purification.
Boc deprotection of Step-4 products was carried out by stirring with Aq. hydrochloric acid-methanol or methanolic HCl at room temperature. Crude products were purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC and isolated as TFA salts.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 35.
Alfa hydroxy carboxylic acids were synthesized by reacting desired epoxide with tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-hydroxybenzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyl carbamate in presence of base to yield Alfa hydroxy carboxylic esters that were hydrolyzed and de-protected to get the title compounds (Scheme-1).
Similarly indole 5/6 carboxylic acids were coupled with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzyl carbamate and resulting coupled products were treated with desired epoxides. Alfa hydroxy ester formed in the reaction gets hydrolyzed during the work-up to yield alpha hydroxy acids which were subjected to Boc De-protection to get the title compounds (SCHEME 12, part Scheme-2).
Coupling of desired carboxylic acid was carried out with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate as per general procedure described in Method-A step-4 was followed. The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 36.
Stirred suspension of Product from step-1 (intermediate A) in dimethyl formamide was added using potassium carbonate followed by desired epoxide. Reaction mass was heated to 100° C. and reaction monitored by LCMS till maximum starting was consumed. There after reaction mass was cooled to room temperature and diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 0-25% ethyl acetate in hexane. Epoxide required for Synthesis of target-103 was synthesized by the procedure described in the literature (J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113, 3096-3106, 1991)
Details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 37.
Hydroxy ester from step-2 was hydrolyzed to acid following general procedure in method-A, step3. Compounds were purified by column chromatography over silica gel using methanol (1-15%) in chloroform. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 38.
Boc deprotection of the step-3 products was carried out by stirring with methanolic HCl at room temperature. Reactions were monitored by LCMS and after reaction completion, solvents were evaporated in vacuum and residue was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC to get the products as TFA salts. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 39.
Stirred suspension of coupled product form step-1 in THF was added sodium hydride. Stirring continued for 30 min and desired epoxy ester was added to it. Stirring continued at room temp and reaction monitored by LCMS. LCMS indicated peak of corresponding carboxylic acid instead of ester. After completion of reaction, Reaction mass was concentrated in vacuum and quenched with ice. pH of the reaction mass was then adjusted to 3-4 by potassium hydrogen sulfate and extracted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to get the crude product which was used for next step without purification.
Boc de-protection of Product from step-6 was carried out as per general procedure described in method-A, step-9.
Meta/para hydroxy benzoic acid was coupled with tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-hydroxybenzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate. Coupled product was reacted with ethyl bromo acetate/methyl acrylate in presence of base to yield corresponding O-Alky product with aliphatic ester functionality which was hydrolyzed and coupled with cis-pyrrolidine diol (e.g. as shown in EP1961750 & WO2009/61879) the coupled products were de-protected to yield the title compounds.
This reaction was performed as per the general procedure described for step-4 in method “A” using meta or para-hydroxy benzoic acid.
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 42.
Product from step-1 was dissolved in methyl acrylate. To this catalytic hydroquinone was added as polymerization inhibitor followed by sodium metal. Reaction mass was then refluxed for 48 hrs and monitored by LCMS. After consumption of maximum starting, the reaction mass was concentrated and the residue was purified by column chromatography over neutral alumina using Methanol (0-10%) in dichloromethane.
Synthesis of B29 & B30Product from step-1 was added to suspension of potassium carbonate in acetone at room temperature. Ethyl bromo acetate was then added to this and refluxed and reaction was monitored by LCMS. After maximum starting was consumed, Reaction mass was concentrated and residue was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with water. Organic layer was filtered, dried over a=sodium sulfate and concentrated to get the crude product which was used for next step without further purification.
These reactions were performed as per general procedure followed for step-3 of method A. In some cases sodium hydroxide was used instead of lithium hydroxide as reactions were unsuccessful with lithium hydroxide
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 43.
Protected cis-pyrrolidine diol required was synthesized as per procedure described in the literature (EP1961750 & WO2009/61879). Coupling reactions were carried out as per the general procedure described in method-A (step-4).
The details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 44.
Products form step-4 were deprotected as per procedure described in method A (Step-5) the details of compounds synthesized are as below in Table 45.
Spiro key intermediate (E) was synthesized from 2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidine]-5-carbonitrile (US 2009/0163527, & B.org. Med. Chem. Lett. 2008, 18, 2114-2121.) through the reaction sequence described in the scheme below.
Boronic acids or hydroxy compounds were synthesized form it through the identical reaction sequence followed earlier (Method A & C). Spiro amidines were synthesized as per the reaction sequence mentioned in steps 7 & 8.
To a stirred solution of 2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidine]-5-carbonitrile (5 g, 0.023 mol) in THF (10 vol) and aq. solution of sodium bicarbonate (10 vol) was added benzyl chloroformate (1.3 eq 0.030 mol) at 0-5° C. and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hrs at same temperature. There after it was warmed to room temperature and stirring continued for additional 2 hrs. Solvents were then evaporated under reduced pressure and aq layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extracts were dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated to get the Crude product which purified by column chromatography over silica gel using ethyl acetate (0-20%) in hexane to get the pure product.
Yield: 60%
Mol. Wt: −348.40
M.I peak observed: −348.95
Step-2 & 3To a stirred solution of benzyl-5-cyano-2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidine]-1′-carboxylate (4 g, 0.011 mol) in methanol (10 vol) was added Boc anhydride (5.01 g, 2.0 eq 0.022 mol)& NiCl2 (0.372 g, 0.25 eq, 0.0028 mol) at 0-5° C. Sodium borohydride (0.869 g, 2.0 eq, 0.22 mol) was then added portion wise maintaining the temperature. Reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring continued for 3 hrs there after. Solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. Residue was diluted with water (˜20 volumes) and extracted with ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using ethyl acetate (0-40%) in hexane to get the pure product.
Yield: 3.2 g (62.7%)
Mol. Wt: −438.52
M.I peak observed: −475.55 (M+Na)
Step-4To a stirred solution of benzyl5-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)-2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidine]-1′-carboxylate (3 g, 0.0066 mol) in methanol (15 vol) was added 10% Pd/C (500 mg) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was then stirred under hydrogen pressure (˜10 Kg) at room temperature in an autoclave till no more hydrogen was consumed & LCMS there after indicated formation of product and absence of starting material (˜4 hrs required). Vessel was depressurized and the reaction mass was filtered through celite; solvent was evaporated in vacuum, and the residue was purified by column chromatography get pure product which was characterized by LCMS. Yield: 63%
Mol. Wt: −(318.41)
M.I peak observed: −(319.05)
Step-5Procedure described in method-A step-4 & 5 was followed.
Procedure described in method-C, step-1 & 2 was followed for Target-78-spiro & and Procedure as per method-A, step-4 & 9 was followed for Target-2 spiro.
These reactions were carried out as per procedure described in method-A (step-4 or step-8).
Products from step-7 were treated Ethanolic HCl at ambient temperature followed by methanolic ammonia in a sealed bottle to get the title compounds which were isolated by prep. HPLC as TFA salts which were later converted to hydrochloride salts by stirring with 2N HCl for 30 min and subsequent lyophilization.
These targets were synthesized by reaction sequence below in Scheme 15.
1-bromo-4-iodo-2-methylbenzene was synthesized as per procedures available in the literature (Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry, 16, 6764-6777, 2008; J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122, 6871-6883, 2000.)
Step-2Suzuki coupling of Step-1 product with meta/para carbethoxy/methoxy phenyl boronic acid was carried out in presence of Palladium (0) Tetrakis (Triphenyl phosphene) in dioxane and sodium carbonate as base. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite pad and filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate to get crude product. Crude products obtained were purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane. The details of the intermediates synthesized are as below in Table 50.
Stirred suspension of step-2 products in toluene was degassed with argon and to this were added potassium acetate, PdCl2-DPPF-CH2Cl2 and Bis(Pinacolato)Diborane. Reaction mass was heated to reflux & monitored by LCMS till maximum starting material was consumed. The mixture was the filtered through celite pad and filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexane. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 51.
To a stirred solution of step-3 product in Carbon tetrachloride, Dibenzoyl peroxide & N-bromo succinamide were added. The resulting mixture was heated to 75° C. and reaction was monitored by LCMS. After consumption of maximum starting the reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted with dichloromethane. Organic phase was again washed with water followed by brine, and dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure to get the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexane. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 52.
To a stirred solution of Step-4 product in acetonitrile, trifluoro acetic acid and water were added and mixture was heated to 91° C. and monitored by LCMS. After maximum starting was consumed, The reaction mixture was concentrated and residue obtained was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. Concentration of ethyl acetate layer yielded crude product which was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 10-35% ethyl acetate in hexane.
The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 53.
A mixture of step-5 product, lithium hydroxide, THF & water was heated to 60° C. Reaction was monitored by LCMS till maximum starting was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with water. pH of the reaction mass was then adjusted to ˜2 using Conc. HCl. Precipitated product was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 54.
These reactions were carried out as per general procedure described in method-A, Step-4. DMF was used as co-solvent. pH of the reaction mass was adjusted to ˜5 by adding dilute HCl prior to the extraction. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below in Table 55.
Boc de-protection of Product from step-6 was carried out as per general procedure described in method-A, step-9.
Synthesis of the N-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)-2-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)-2-oxoacetamide was carried out as shown in the scheme below.
Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Synthesis of 2-cyclobutylidene-acetic acid
In 1:1:0.5 THF/water/Methanol (10:10:5 mL each), ethyl 2-cyclobutylideneacetate (1.2 g, 8.57 mmol) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (2.15 g, 51.4 mmol) was added at room temperature. Reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 h. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.4, 30% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). THF and Methanol was removed under reduced pressure. Aqueous layer was acidified with citric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. Crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel 60-120 mesh ethyl acetate/n-hexane as eluent) to afford white solid.
Yield: 0.6 g (62%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 2.02-2.20 (m, 2H). 2.86 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 3.14 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2H), 5.59 (t, J=2 Hz, 1H).
Step 1: Synthesis of 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)benzoic acid
To a solution of 3-aminobenzoic acid (6 g, 0.043 mmol), Triethyl amine (12.1 mL, 87.6 mmol), water (50 mL) in 1-4 Dioxane (100 mL) was added Boc anhydride (15 mL, 65.7 mmol) at room temperature. Reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 16 h at room temperature. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.7, 70% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). 1-4 Dioxane was removed under reduced pressure and 3N HCl solutions (60 mL) was added drop wise in the reaction mixture. White precipitate obtained was filter out, washed with hexane and dried.
Yield: 10 g (97%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 7.35 (t, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 9.53 (s, 1H), 12.9 (br, 1H).
Step 2: Synthesis of Intermediate 2
To a solution of 3-((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)benzoic acid (2.19 g, 9.24 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 mL), benzyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (3 g, 9.24 mmol), EDCI (1.9 g, 10.2 mmol), HOBt (2.5 g, 18.5 mmol), DIPEA (4 mL, 23.1 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.67, 60% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). Acetonitrile was removed under reduced pressure; the reaction mixture was washed with water. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, concentrated and purified by column chromatography (Silica gel 100-200 mesh using 0-80% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent) to give the desired product as brown semi solid. This was used as such for the next step.
Yield: 1.6 g (32%)
LCMS: m/z (M+Na) 566
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.51 (s, 9H), 1.60-2.00 (br, 4H), 2.70-2.80 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.30 (br, 2H), 3.80-4.00 (br, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (br, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 6.64 (s, 1H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 12H).
Step 3: Synthesis of benzyl 3-(1-(3-aminobenzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
In 16 mL of methanol, product from step 2 (1.6 g, 2.94 mmol) and 6.4 mL of conc. HCl was allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 h. Methanol was removed under reduced pressure. Water (20 ml) was added in reaction mixture and basified by 2 N NaOH solution. Aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layer was washed with brine and water. Further organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. Crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel 60-120 mesh using 0-80% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent) to give the desired product as white solid.
Yield: 1.1 g (84%)
LCMS: m/z (M+23) 466
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.70-2.00 (br, 4H), 2.70-2.81 (m, 1H), 2.82-3.20 (br, 1H), 3.92 (br, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.70-5.10 (br, 2H), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.70-6.82 (m, 3H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 11H).
Step 4: Synthesis of benzyl 3-(1-(3-(2-cyclobutylideneacetamido)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
To a solution of 2-cyclobutylideneacetic acid (0.27 g, 2.41 mmol) in DMF (8 mL), 3-(1-(3-aminobenzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (1.09 g, 2.41 mmol), Pybop (2.5 g, 4.82 mmol), DIPEA (1.1 mL, 6.02 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.37, 80% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). Reaction mixture was quenched with water, extracted by ethyl acetate, organic layer washed with water and brine. Organic layer was dried over sodium sulphate and evaporated under reduced pressure. Crude compound was purified by column chromatography (Silica gel 100-200 mesh using 0-80% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent) to give the desired product as white solid.
Yield: 0.84 g (65%)
LCMS: m/z (M+Na) 560
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.40-1.92 (br, 4H), 2.0-2.15 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.90 (m, 4H), 3.00-3.20 (m, 3H), 3.70 (br, 1H), 4.19 (d, J=6 Hz, 2H), 4.62 (brs, 1H), 5.05 (s, 2H), 5.80 (s, 1H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 10H), 7.61 (d, J=8 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.77-7.83 (m, 1H), 9.92 (s, 1H).
Step 5: Synthesis of benzyl 3-(1-(3-(2-hydroxy-2-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)acetamido)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
In 2 mL acetone and 0.3 mL of water benzyl 3-(1-(3-(2-cyclobutylideneacetamido)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.012 g, 22 μmol), OsO4 (4% aqueous solution, 6 μL, 0.9 μmol) was added and stirred for 10 min at room temperature. Then NMO (50% aqueous solution, 6 μL, 26 μmol) was added and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.2, 80% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). Reaction mixture was quenched with 10% aqueous sodium bisulphite solution and stirred for ˜1 h at room temperature. Aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulphate. Crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography (silica 60-120 mesh, ethyl acetate/n-hexane) afforded semi solid.
Yield: 0.011 g (91%)
LCMS: m/z (M+Na) 594
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.50-2.30 (m, 9H), 2.50-2.70 (br, 2H), 2.72-3.00 (br, 2H), 3.12 (br, 2H), 3.75-3.95 (m, 2H), 4.36 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (br, 1H), 5.14 (s, 2H), 7.00-7.50 (m, 12H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 8.86 (s, 1H).
Step 6: Synthesis of Intermediate 6
To a solution of benzyl 3-(1-(3-(2-hydroxy-2-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)acetamido)-benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.011 g, 0.019 mmol), DCM (10 mL), Dess Martin periodinane (0.24 g, 0.57 mmol) was added at room temperature. Reaction mixture was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere for 2 h. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.4, 100% ethyl acetate). Reaction mixture was quenched with carbonate resin, filter through cotton. DCM was evaporated under reduced pressure. Further crude compound was purified by preparative TLC and taken ahead as such for the next step.
Yield: 0.01 g (9%)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 570
Step 7: Synthesis of N-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)-2-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)-2-oxoacetamide
To a solution of intermediate-6 (0.009 g. 0.016 mmol), CHCl3 (5 mL), TMSI (1 drop) was added at room temperature. Reaction mixture was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 h. LCMS showed 46% starting material. In reaction mixture TMSI (2 drops) was added at room temperature. Further reaction mixture was stirred for 6 h. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.2, 100% ethyl acetate). Reaction mixture was quenched with aq. ammonium formate solution (3 mL), DCM layer was separated out, aq layer lyophilized and further purified by Prep. HPLC to isolate the compound as a TFA salt.
Yield: 0.0047 g (47%, TFA salt)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 436
HPLC: 85.13% (220 nm)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.55-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.02-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.65 (m, 3H), 2.80-3.20 (m, 2H), 3.10-3.30 (br, 3H, merged in the solvent peak), 3.87 (br, 1H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 7.18-7.50 (m, 6H), 7.62 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (s, 1H).
Example 16 Synthesis of 2-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenoxy)-1-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)ethanone (Target-22)Title compound was synthesized as shown in Scheme 17 below.
Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Step 1: Synthesis of 2-cyclobutylideneethanol
In 40 mL of dry DCM ethyl 2-cyclobutylideneacetate (0.85 g, 6.07 mmol) was allowed to cool to −78° C. under nitrogen atmosphere. To this solution DIBAL-H (1M in toluene) (1.72 g, 12.1 mL, 12.1 mmol) was added dropwise. Reaction was monitored by TLC. When the starting material was consumed completely the reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH/H2O (1:1) (Rf=0.28, 20% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). DCM layer was separated and dried over sodium sulphate. DCM was removed under reduced pressure. Crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel 60-120 mesh, 0-20% ethyl acetate and n-hexane as eluent) afforded colorless oil.
Yield: 0.5 g (84%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.61 (br, 1H), 1.91-2.05 (m, 2H), 2.65-2.74 (m, 4H), 4.02 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.30-5.36 (m, 1H).
Step 2: Synthesis of methyl 3-(2-cyclobutylideneethoxy)benzoate
In 10 mL of dry THF, triphenyl phosphine (0.56 g, 2.25 mmol) was allowed to stir at −20° C. To this solution, DIAD (0.45 g, 0.44 mL, 2.25 mmol) was added. Yellow precipitate was observed in the reaction mixture. Methyl 3-hydroxybenzoate (0.26 g, 1.73 mmol) in 3 mL THF was added dropwise to the reaction mixture and stirred for 10-15 min. 2-cyclobutylideneethanol (0.17 g, 1.73 mmol) in 3 mL of dry THF was added dropwise (after complete addition clear yellow solution was observed) and resulting reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight (Rf=0.62, 20% ethyl acetate/n-Hexane). Water was added to the reaction mixture. Aqueous layer was washed with diethyl ether. Crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel 60-120 mesh, ethyl acetate and n-hexane) to afford light yellow oil.
Yield: 0.2 g (50%)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 233
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.95-2.06 (m, 2H), 2.70-2.81 (m, 4H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 4.44 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 2H), 5.38-5.46 (m, 1H), 7.06-7.14 (dd, J=2.4 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (t, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).
Step 3: Synthesis of 3-(2-cyclobutylideneethoxy)benzoic acid
In 1:1 THF/water (5 mL each) product from step 2 (0.2 g, 0.86 mmol) and lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.1 g, 2.58 mmol) was allowed to stir at room temperature. After 2 h TLC showed desired product and starting material, 3 eq. of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.1 g, 2.58 mmol) was added and stirred for ˜2 h. TLC showed complete consumption of starting material (Rf=0.35 in 50% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). THF was removed under reduced pressure. Aqueous layer was acidified with citric acid and extracted with ethyl acetate. Crude product was purified by column chromatography (silica gel 60-120 mesh ethyl acetate/n-hexane as eluent) to afford colorless oil.
Yield: 0.14 g (77%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.96-2.07 (m, 2H), 2.72-2.82 (m, 4H), 4.46 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 5.38-5.47 (m, 1H), 7.12-7.18 (dd, J=2.4 and 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (s, 1H), 7.70 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H).
Step 4: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2-cyclobutylidene ethoxy)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
To a solution of Step 3 product (0.14 g, 0.64 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (10 mL), Int-E (Boc protected) (0.18 g, 0.64 mmol), EDCI (0.14 g, 0.70 mmol), HOBt (0.17 g, 1.28 mmol), DIPEA (0.27 mL, 1.6 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at RT overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.75, 30% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). The reaction mixture was washed with sat. NaHCO3 solution. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, concentrated and purified by column chromatography (Silica gel 60-120 mesh using 0-40% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent) to give the desired product as colorless oil.
Yield: 0.23 g (73%)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 491
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.46 (s, 11H), 1.95-2.0 (m, 2H), 2.71-2.84 (m, 7H), 3.09 (br, 1H), 3.91 (br, 1H), 4.30 (br, 2H), 4.41 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 4.82 (br, 2H), 5.40-5.45 (m, 1H), 6.90-7.00 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.33 (m, 2H).
Step 5: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2-cyclobutylideneethoxy)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
In 7 mL acetone and 1.5 mL of water Step 4 product (0.23 g, 0.47 mmol), OsO4 (4% aqueous solution, 0.012 mL, 18.5 μmol) was added and stirred for 10 min at room temperature. Then NMO (50% aqueous solution, 0.13 mL, 0.56 mmol) was added and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight.
Reaction mixture was quenched with 10% aqueous sodium bisulphite solution and stirred for ˜1 h at room temperature. Aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulphate. Crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography (silica 60-120 mesh, ethyl acetate/n-hexane; Rf=0.14, 50% ethyl acetate/n-hexane) afforded colorless oil.
Yield: 0.18 g (73%)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 525
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.61-1.76 (m, 4H), 2.05-2.16 (m, 4H), 2.35-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.70-2.90 (m, 4H), 3.11 (br, 1H), 3.86 (br, 1H), 4.05-4.20 (m, 3H), 4.30 (br, 2H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 6.93-7.06 (m, 3H), 7.11-7.17 (m, 3H), 7.26-7.35 (m, 2H).
Step 6: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)-2-oxoethoxy)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
A solution of DMSO (0.028 mL, 0.40 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was cooled to −78° C. To this solution oxalyl chloride (0.032 mL, 0.38 mmol) in 1 mL DCM was added dropwise. Then step 5 product (0.1 g, 0.19 mmol) in 2 mL of DCM was added. Resulting reaction mixture was allowed to stir at −78° C. for 1 h under nitrogen. To this solution triethyl amine (0.2 mL, 1.52 mmol) was added and reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir overnight. Reaction mixture was quenched with sat. NH4Cl solution, aq. layer washed with DCM, dried over sodium sulphate. Crude reaction mixture was purified by column chromatography (60-120 mesh, ethyl acetate/n-hexane)
Yield: 0.028 g, 28%.
LCMS: (M+Na) 545
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.47 (s, 9H), 1.60-1.80 (br, 4H), 1.90-2.10 (m, 4H), 2.30-2.50 (m, 2H), 2.70-3.20 (m, 4H), 3.85 (br, 1H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 4.30 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.84 (br, 1H), 6.90-7.04 (m, 3H), 7.10-7.20 (m, 3H), 7.28-7.34 (m, 2H).
Step 7: Synthesis of 2-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenoxy)-1-(1-hydroxycyclobutyl)ethanone
In 9:1 TFA/water (3/0.3 mL) product from step 6 (0.020 g, 0.038 mmol) allowed to stir at RT for ˜2 h. As TLC showed complete consumption of starting material reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum. Compound was purified by preparative HPLC.
Yield: 8.31 mg (41.5%, TFA salt).
LCMS: (M+1) 423
HPLC purity: 92.5% (220 nm)
1H NMR (400 mHz, CD3OD): δ 1.60-1.90 (m, 3H), 1.90-2.10 (m, 4H), 2.25-2.50 (m, 3H), 2.85-3.00 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.30 (m, 1H), 3.84 (br, 1H), 3.95-4.15 (m, 4H), 4.80 (br, 1H), 6.90-7.10 (m, 3H), 7.22-7.44 (m, 5H).
Example 17 Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (Target-42)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Step-1: Synthesis of (2-bromo-6-methoxyphenyl)methanol
To a cold solution of 2-bromo-6-methoxybenzoic acid (4.0 g, 17.3 mmol) in THF (80 mL), BH3:DMS (34.6 mL, 34.6 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 h. The reaction mixture was slowly poured onto ice and then extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure to afford (2-bromo-6-methoxyphenyl)methanol as a white solid.
Yield: 3.4 g, (91%)
Mol. Wt.: 217.06
LCMS (m/z): 240 [M+Na]
Step-2: Synthesis of ((2-bromo-6-methoxybenzyl)oxy)(tert-butyl)dimethyl silane
To a solution of (2-bromo-6-methoxyphenyl)methanol (2.45 g, 11.4 mmol) in DCM (50 mL), DMAP (0.14 g, 1.14 mmol) and Et3N (4.0 mL, 28.5 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min followed by addition of TBDMS-Cl (5.16 g, 34.2 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 6 h and was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (0-10% EtOAc in hexane) to yield ((2-bromo-6-methoxybenzyl)oxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane.
Yellow liquid; Yield: 3.0 g, (80%)
Mol. Wt.: 331.32
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.15 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.85 (s, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).
Step-3: Synthesis of (E)-ethyl 3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methoxyphenyl)acrylate
A solution of ((2-bromo-6-methoxybenzyl)oxy)(tert-butyl)dimethylsilane (1.0 g, 3.02 mmol), ethyl acrylate (1.32 mL, 12.0 mmol), triethyl amine (1.68 mL, 12.0 mmol), tri-o-tolyl phosphine (0.23 g, 0.75 mmol) in acetonitrile (25 mL) was degassed with argon for 10 min. Palladium acetate (0.17 g, 0.75 mmol) was added and degassed with argon for 10 min. The reaction mixture was refluxed at 80° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo, diluted with ethyl acetate, filtered over celite and purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield (E)-ethyl 3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methoxyphenyl)acrylate as white solid.
Yield: 0.9 g, (86%)
Mol. Wt.: 350.19
LCMS (m/z): 391 [M+K].
Step-4: Synthesis of (E)-3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methoxyphenyl)acrylic acid
To a solution of methyl (E)-ethyl 3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methoxyphenyl)acrylate (0.5 g, 1.42 mmol) in THF:H2O (15 mL) was added LiOH (0.12 g, 2.85 mmol), the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The organic solvent was concentrated, residue acidified with 10% citric acid solution, extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, concentrated under reduced pressure and triturated with diethyl ether to yield the (E)-3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methoxyphenyl)acrylic acid as a white solid.
Yield: 0.33 g, (72%)
Mol. Wt.: 322.47.
Step-5: Synthesis of (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-hydroxyphenyl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
To a solution of (E)-3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-methoxyphenyl)acrylic acid (0.33 g, 1.02 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) at 0° C., was added HOBt (0.21 g, 1.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and EDCI (0.29 g, 1.53 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.29 g, 1.02 mmol) and DIEA (0.35 mL, 2.04 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was allowed to stir at RT for 15 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with H2O, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5-10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-hydroxyphenyl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate as a yellow solid.
Yield: 0.35 g, (55%)
Mol. Wt.: 594.35
LCMS (m/z): 617 [M+Na].
Step-6: Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one
To a stirred solution of (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2-(((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)methyl)-3-hydroxyphenyl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl) benzylcarbamate (0.1 g, 0.17 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added BBr3 (0.68 mL, 1 M in DCM) at 0° C. The resulting solution was stirred at 0° C. for 2 h and the reaction was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuo and purified by prep-HPLC to afford (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one as a TFA salt.
Yield: 0.028 g, (46%)
Mol. Wt.: 366.45
LCMS (m/z): 367 [M+1]
HPLC Purity: 99.78%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.99 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.22-7.12 (m, 2H), 7.07 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 6.85 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 4.80-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 3.00-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.80-1.64 (m, 2H).
Example 18 Synthesis of N-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-oxobutanamide (Target-55)Synthesis of the N-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-oxobutanamide was carried out as shown in the scheme below.
Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Step 1:—Synthesis of methyl 3-(3-methylbut-2-enamido)benzoate
To a solution of 3-methylbut-2-enoic acid (2.5 g, 25 mmol) in DCM (30 mL), methyl 3-aminobenzoate (4.5 g, 30 mmol), EDCI (7.2 g, 37.5 mmol), DMAP (1.5 g, 12.5 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.5, 30% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). The reaction mixture was washed with water and 2N HCl. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, concentrated. Solid was washed with diethyl ether three times get off white solid.
Yield: 4.5 g (77%)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 234
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.89 (s, 3H), 2.23 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 5.73 (s, 1H), 7.31-7.50 (m, 2H), 7.75 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (br, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H).
Step 2:—Synthesis of 3-(3-methylbut-2-enamido)benzoic acid
A solution of methyl 3-(3-methylbut-2-enamido)benzoate (4.5 g, 19.3 mmol), Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (2.43 g, 58 mmol) in THF (10 mL), H2O (10 mL), MeOH (5 mL) allowed to stir for 16 h at room temperature. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.3, 50% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). Solvent was removed under reduced pressure. Reaction mixture was acidified with 10% citric acid solution; white precipitate obtained was filtered out and washed with hexane and dried under vacuum.
Yield: 4 g (95%)
LCMS: m/z (M+1) 219.9
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.86 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 5.86 (s, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.27 (s, 1H), 10.0 (s, 1H), 12.8 (br, 1H).
Step-3: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-methylbut-2-enamido)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
To a solution of 3-(3-methylbut-2-enamido)benzoic acid (0.03 g, 0.136 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.047 g, 0.16 mmol), EDCI (0.039 g, 0.2 mmol), DMAP (0.008 g, 0.07 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for overnight under nitrogen atmosphere. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.53, 80% ethyl acetate/n-hexane). The reaction mixture was washed with water, 2N HCl, followed by brine. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate concentrated under reduced pressure. Compound was used as it is for next step.
Yield: 0.027 g (40%)
LCMS: m/z (M+Na) 514.4
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.66-1.90 (br, 4H), 1.91 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H), 2.70-2.90 (m, 1H), 3.13 (br, 1H), 3.90 (br, 1H), 4.30 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2H), 4.87 (br, 2H), 5.74 (s, 1H), 7.00-7.40 (m, 7H), 7.50-7.70 (m, 3H).
Step 4: Syntheses of Intermediate 4
In 2 mL acetone and 0.3 mL of water tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-methylbut-2-enamido)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.027 g, 55 μmol), OsO4 (4% aqueous solution, 13 μL, 2.2 μmol) was added and stirred for 10 min at room temperature. Then NMO (50% aqueous solution, 15 μL, 66 μmol) was added and allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.4, 100% ethyl acetate). Reaction mixture was quenched with 10% aqueous sodium bisulphite solution and stirred for ˜1 h at room temperature. Aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulphate. Crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography (100-200 mesh, ethyl acetate/n-hexane) afforded off white solid.
Yield: 0.017 g (60%)
LCMS: m/z (M+Na) 548.15
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.34 (s, 3H), 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.70-2.00 (br, 4H), 2.70-3.25 (br, 3H), 3.76 (s, 1H), 3.90 (br, 1H), 4.31 (s, 2H), 4.50-5.00 (br, 2H), 7.10-7.50 (m, 8H), 7.69 (bs, 1H), 8.90 (bs, 1H).
Step 5: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-oxobutanamido)benzoyl)-piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
To a solution of Intermediate 4 (0.01 g, 0.019 mmol), DCM (5 mL), Dess Martin periodinane (0.24 g, 0.57 mmol) was added at room temperature. Reaction mixture was stirred under nitrogen atmosphere for 2 h. TLC showed absence of starting material (Rf=0.4, 100% ethyl acetate). Reaction mixture was quenched with carbonate resin, filter through cotton. DCM was evaporated under reduced pressure. Crude compound was purified by preparative TLC (100% ethyl acetate as a mobile phase).
Yield: 0.018 g (18%)
LCMS: m/z (M+Na) 546.
Step 6: Synthesis of N-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-oxobutanamide
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-hydroxy-3-methyl-2-oxobutanamido)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.01 g, 0.019 mmol), methanol (2.5 mL), Conc. HCl (0.12 mL) was added at room temperature. Reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h. Methanol was evaporated under reduced pressure. Crude compound was purified by Preparative HPLC.
Yield: 4.8 mg (60%, TFA salt)
LCMS: m/z (M+MeOH) 446
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.65-2.10 (br, 4H), 2.88-3.10 (m, 2H), 3.20-3.30 (br, 2H), 3.90 (br, 1H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 7.20-7.50 (m, 6H), 7.61 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.90 (s, 1H).
Example 19 Synthesis of (E)-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)styryl)boronic acid hydrochloride (Target-14)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Methyl 3-bromobenzoate was synthesized from 3-bromobenzoic acid by esterification with thionyl chloride in methanol. Further Sonogashira coupling was carried out with ethynyl(trimethyl)silane to afford methyl 3-((trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)benzoate, which upon hydrolysis with lithium hydroxide in methanol yielded 3-ethynylbenzoic acid as per known procedures.
Step-4: Synthesis of (E)-3-(2-(benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaborol-2-yl)vinyl)benzoic acid
To a cold solution of 3-ethynylbenzoic acid (0.2 g, 1.37 mmol) in anhydrous
THF (10 mL), was added catechol borane (0.15 mL, 1.37 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The resulting solution was poured into cold water and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with H2O, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-20%, EtOAc in hexane) to afford (E)-3-(2-(benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaborol-2-yl)vinyl)benzoic acid as a white solid.
Yield: 0.27 g (75%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, Acetone-d6): δ 8.18-8.12 (m, 1H), 7.95 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.92-7.86 (m, 1H), 7.76 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (d, J=18.2 Hz, 1H), 7.12-7.02 (m, 1H), 6.84-6.76 (m, 1H), 6.70-6.62 (m, 1H), 6.32 (d, J=18.2 Hz, 1H).
Step-5: Synthesis of (E)-(3-(4-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)styryl)boronic acid
To a solution of (E)-3-(2-(benzo[d][1,3,2]dioxaborol-2-yl)vinyl)benzoic acid (0.1 g, 0.38 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL) at 0° C., was added HOBt (0.077 g, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and EDCI (0.11 g, 0.57 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.11 g, 0.38 mmol) and DIEA (0.13 mL, 0.76 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and was washed with H2O. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuo. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-15%, EtOAc in hexane) to afford (E)-(3-(4-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)styryl)boronic acid.
White solid; Yield: 0.06 g (35%)
Mol. Wt.: 464.36
LCMS (m/z): 465 [M+1].
Step-6: Synthesis of (E)-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)styryl)boronic acid hydrochloride
To a stirred solution of (E)-(3-(4-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)styryl)boronic acid (0.05 g, 0.09 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) was added 2 N HCl (0.05 mL) at room temperature. The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuo and the resultant residue was triturated with diethyl ether to afford (E)-(3-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)styryl)boronic acid hydrochloride as a white solid.
Yield: 0.02 g (64%)
Mol. Wt.: 364.25
LCMS (m/z): 365 [M+1], 387 [M+Na]
HPLC Purity: 94.17%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.62-7.54 (m, H), 7.52-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.42-7.18 (m, 7H), 6.37 (d, J=18.0 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.20-3.10 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.76 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.52 (m, 3H).
Example 20 Synthesis of (Z)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one hydrochloride (Target-24 cis) and Synthesis of 1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one (TFA salt) (Target-24 dihydro)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one hydrochloride Step-3: Synthesis of (Z)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one hydrochloride
(E)-1-(4-(3-(Aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one hydrochloride was taken in ethanol (3.0 mL) and exposed to sunlight for 2 h. The organic layer was concentrated under vacuo to afford (Z)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one hydrochloride as a white solid.
Yield: 0.018 g, (90%)
Mol. Wt.: 352.43
LCMS (m/z): 353 [M+1], 375 [M+Na]
HPLC Purity: 89.73%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.33 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.16 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (s, 1H), 6.94 (d, J=1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.74 (dd, J=8.2, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 6.67 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 5.91 (d, J=12.0 Hz, 1H), 4.80-4.70 (m, 1H), 4.13 (ABq, J=13.6 Hz, 2H), 4.08-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.95 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.65 (m, 2H), 1.82-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.45-1.36 (m, 1H), 0.80-0.65 (m, 1H).
Step-4: Synthesis of 1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one (TFA salt)
To a solution of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one hydrochloride (0.08 g, 0.23 mmol) in methanol (10 mL), 10% Pd/C (0.02 g) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred under H2 atmosphere (using a 2 Lit. bladder) at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by prep-HPLC to yield TFA salt of 1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3,4-dihydroxyphenyl)propan-1-one as a white solid.
Yield: (0.024 g, 30%)
Mol. Wt.: 354.44
LCMS (m/z): 377 [M+Na]
HPLC Purity: 99.13%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.35 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.16 (m, 3H), 6.74 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 6.62 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H) 4.74-4.64 (m, 1H), 4.14 (ABq, J=13.6 Hz, 2H), 3.94-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.10-2.98 (m, 1H), 2.95-2.80 (m, 3H), 2.76-2.55 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.78-1.68 (m, 1H), 1.54-1.44 (m, 1H), 1.43-1.30 (m, 1H), 0.75-0.60 (m, 1H).
Example 21 Synthesis of (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride (Target-25b)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Synthesis of ethyl 3-(2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)benzoate as per reported synthesis of (4-(3-(Aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride (Target-25a) Step-4: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate
To a solution of ethyl 3-(2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)benzoate (0.16 g, 0.74 mmol) in THF:water (3.0 mL, 2:1), NMO (0.095 g 0.81 mmol) and osmium tetroxide (0.002 g 0.007 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo and the residue obtained was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude compound which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (10-40%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield ethyl 3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.15 g, (83%)
Mol. Wt.: 251.28
LCMS (m/z): 252 [M+1].
Step-5: Synthesis of 3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid
To a solution of ethyl 3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate (0.15 g, 0.59 mmol) in MeOH: H2O (5.0 mL, 4:1), LiOH (0.05 g, 1.19 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The organic solvent was concentrated under vacuo and the resultant residue was acidified with 10% citric acid solution. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was triturated with diethyl ether to yield the 3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid as a white solid.
Yield: 0.13 g, (98%)
Mol. Wt.: 223.08
LCMS (m/z): 224.00 [M+1].
Step-6: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.17 g, 0.58 mmol), 3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (0.13 g, 0.58 mmol), EDCi (0.17 g, 0.87 mmol), HOBt (0.12 g, 0.87 mmol), DIEA (0.2 mL, 1.16 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The organic layer concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude compound which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, MeOH in CHCl3) to tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.08 g, (27%)
Mol. Wt: 495.61
LCMS (m/z): 518 [M+Na]
Step-7: Synthesis of (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride
A solution of tent-Butyl 3-(1-(3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.08 g, 0.16 mmol) in MeOH (2.0 mL) was treated with conc. HCl (0.1 mL) at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was then evaporated under vacuo and the residue was triturated with ether to yield (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride as a white solid.
Yield: 0.04 g, (63%)
Mol. Wt: 395.49
LCMS (m/z): 418 [M+Na]
HPLC Purity: 98.59%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.44-7.28 (m, 6H), 6.94-6.82 (m, 3H), 4.80-4.74 (m, 1H), 4.41-4.32 (m, 2H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.96-3.84 (m, 1H), 3.66 (dd, J=5.6 10.0 Hz, 2H), 3.39 (dd, J=5.6 10.0 Hz, 2H), 3.29-3.20 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.92 (m 1H), 1.90-1.64 (m, 3H)
Example 22 Synthesis of (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-((3R,4R)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride (Target-26 diol trans)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Step-1: 3-(4-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)benzoic acid
To an ice-cold solution of isophthalic acid (0.3 g, 1.8 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (5 mL), was added HOBt (0.36 g, 2.7 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes and EDCI (0.52 g, 2.7 mmol), tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.63 g, 2.16 mmol) and DIEA (0.62 mL, 3.6 mmol) were added. The resulting solution was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with EtOAc and was washed with H2O. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuo to yield the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5-10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford 3-(4-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)benzoic acid as a white solid.
Yield: 0.35 g (44%)
Mol. Wt.: 438.52
LCMS (m/z): 461 [M+Na]
Step-4: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-((3aR,6aS)-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-3aH-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyrrole-5-carbonyl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzyl carbamate
To a stirred solution of 3-(4-(3-(((tert-butoxycarbonyl)amino)methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)benzoic acid (0.2 g, 0.46 mmol) in DMF (5 mL), pyridine (1.2 ml) and PyBOP (0.48 g, 0.92 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0° C. and a solution of (3aR,6aS)-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-3aH-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyrrole (0.098 g, 0.68 mmol) in DMF (5 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 16 h. After completion, the reaction mixture was quenched with saturated CuSO4 solution and extracted with Et2O. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under vacuo. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography (5-10% MeOH in CHCl3) to afford tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-((3aR,6aS)-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-3aH-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyrrole-5-carbonyl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.1 g (39%)
Mol. Wt: 563.68
LCMS (m/z): 586 [M+Na]
Step-5: Synthesis of (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)methanone
To a stirred solution of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-((3aR,6aS)-2,2-dimethyltetrahydro-3aH-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-c]pyrrole-5-carbonyl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.08 g, 0.14 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added 2 N HCl (0.1 mL) at 0° C. The resulting solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for further 1 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuo to yield the crude product which was purified by prep-HPLC to afford the TFA salt of (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-((3S,4R)-3,4-dihydroxypyrrolidine-1-carbonyl)phenyl)methanone as white solid.
Yield: 0.02 g (33%)
Mol. Wt.: 423.22
LCMS (m/z): 424.25 [M+1], 446.25 [M+23]
HPLC Purity: 99.58%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.68-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.61-7.54 (m, 3H), 7.44-7.34 (m, 3H), 7.32-7.26 (m, 1H), 4.82-4.74 (m, 1H), 4.31-4.26 (m, 1H), 4.20-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.77 (dd, J=12.8, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.63 (dd, J=10.8, 6.0 Hz, 1H), 3.57 (dd, J=12.8, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.50-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.88 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.94 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.60 (m, 3H).
Example 23 Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (acetate salt) (Target-41)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Step-1:—Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol
To an ice-cooled solution of 4-Bromo-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (2.0 g, 9.2 mmol) in dry THF (30 mL) under N2 atmosphere, BH3: DMS (1.8 mL, 18.4 mmol) was added dropwise and stirred for 10 min. Then reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and heated at 70° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured onto ice and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield 5-bromo-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol as a white solid.
Yield: (1.5 g, 80%)
Mol. Wt.: 203.03
LCMS (m/z): 203, 205 [MH+]
Step-2: Synthesis of 7-bromo-2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine
A solution of 5-bromo-2-(hydroxymethyl)phenol (1.5 g, 7.4 mmol), p-TSA (0.25 g 1.4 mmol) and 2,2-DMP (1.8 mL, 14.8 mmol) in acetone (15 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. Triethyl amine was added to the reaction mixture and stirred for 10 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield 7-bromo-2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine as a white solid.
Yield: 1.4 g, (78%)
Mol. Wt.: 243.10
LCMS (m/z): 243, 245 [MH+]
Step-3: Synthesis of (E)-ethyl 3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acrylate
A solution of 7-bromo-2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine (1.4 g, 5.76 mmol), ethyl acrylate (1.22 mL, 11.5 mmol), triethyl amine (1.6 mL, 11.5 mmol), tri-O-tolyl phosphine (0.17 g, 0.57 mmol) in acetonitrile (15 mL) was degassed using argon for 10 min. Palladium acetate (0.064 g, 0.28 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was again degassed with argon for 10 min. The reaction mixture was refluxed at 80° C. for 5 h, cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate and filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuo to give a residue which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-20%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield (E)-ethyl 3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acrylate as a white solid.
Yield: 1.2 g, (80%)
Mol. Wt.: 262.12
LCMS (m/z): 263 [M+1].
Step-4: Synthesis of (E)-3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acrylic acid
To a solution of (E)-ethyl 3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acrylate (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol) in MeOH:H2O (12 mL, 2:1), LiOH (0.32 g, 7.6 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo and the residue was acidified with 10% citric acid solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was triturated with diethyl ether to yield the (E)-3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acrylic acid as a white solid.
Yield: 0.8 g, (89%)
Mol. Wt.: 234.25
LCMS (m/z): 235 [M+1]
Step-5: Synthesis of (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.2 g, 0.68 mmol), (E)-3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acrylic acid (0.16 g, 0.68 mmol), EDCi (0.2 g, 1.02 mmol), HOBt (0.14 g, 1.02 mmol), DIEA (0.3 mL, 1.7 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature for overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude compound was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, MeOH in CHCl3) to obtain (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.3 g, (88%)
Mol. Wt.: 506.63
LCMS (m/z): 529 [M+23]
Step-6: Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (acetate salt)
A solution of (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.2 g, 0.39 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was treated with conc. HCl (0.2 mL) at room temperature for 3 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated under vacuo and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield the acetate salt of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one as a white solid.
Yield: 0.03 g, (20%)
Mol. Wt.: 366.45
LCMS (m/z): 389 [M+23]
HPLC Purity: 99.77%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.50 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H) 7.40-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.13 (s, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (s, 1H), 4.84-4.72 (m, 1H), 4.66 (s, 2H), 4.45-4.34 (m, 1H), 4.06 (s, 2H), 3.37-3.25 (m, 1H), 2.97-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.62 (m, 2H).
Example 24 (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride (Target-67)Detailed experimental procedure and analytical data is as follows.
Ethyl 3-aminobenzoate was synthesized as per reported synthesis of (4-(3-(Aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(pyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride (Target-25a) Step-2: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(bis(2-methylallyl)amino)benzoate
A solution of ethyl 3-aminobenzoate (3.0 g, 18.16 mmol), 3-bromo-2-methylprop-1-ene (4.57 mL 45.40 mmol) and sodium carbonate (2.30 g, 21.79 mmol) in ethanol: water (120 mL, 4:1) was heated in a sealed tube at 90° C. for 15 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuo. The residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with H2O. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude compound which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield ethyl 3-(bis(2-methylallyl)amino)benzoate as a white solid.
Yield: 4.5 g, (91%)
Mol. Wt.: 273.37
LCMS (m/z): 274 [M+1].
Step-3: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(3,4-dimethyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)benzoate
To a solution of ethyl 3-(bis(2-methylallyl)amino)benzoate (1.0 g, 3.66 mmol) in benzene (300 mL) under Argon atmosphere, Grubb's llnd generation catalyst (3.1 mg, 0.0036 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was refluxed at 80° C. for 15 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under vacuo to give a crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield ethyl 343,4-dimethyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)benzoate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.29 g, (33%)
Mol. Wt.: 245.32
LCMS (m/z): 246 [M+1].
Step-4: Synthesis of ethyl 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate
To a solution of ethyl 3-(3,4-dimethyl-2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)benzoate (0.29 g, 1.2 mmol) in THF:water (6.0 mL, 2:1), NMO (0.15 g 1.32 mmol) and osmium tetroxide (0.003 g, 0.012 mmol) were added and reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo and the residue obtained was partitioned between EtOAc and water. The combined organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude compound which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-40%, EtOAc in hexane) to afford ethyl 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.15 g, (45%)
Mol. Wt.: 279.33
LCMS (m/z): 280 [M+1].
Step-5: Synthesis of 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid
To a solution of ethyl 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoate (0.15 g, 0.53 mmol) in MeOH:H2O (3 mL, 2:1), LiOH (0.045 g, 1.07 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo and the residue was acidified with 10% citric acid solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a crude compound which was triturated with diethyl ether to yield the 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid as a white solid.
Yield: 0.13 g, (97%)
Mol. Wt.: 251.28
LCMS (m/z): 252 [M+1].
Step-6: Synthesis of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.15 g, 0.52 mmol), 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (0.13 g, 0.52 mmol), EDCi (0.15 g, 0.77 mmol), HOBt (0.1 g, 0.77 mmol), DIEA (0.22 mL, 1.2 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with brine and dried over Na2SO4. The EtOAc layer was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, MeOH in CHCl3) to yield tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.25 g, (92%)
Mol. Wt: 523.66
LCMS (m/z): 546 [M+Na]
Step-7: Synthesis of (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride
A solution of tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.15 g, 0.29 mmol) in MeOH (3 mL) was treated with conc. HCl (0.1 mL) at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo and the resultant residue was triturated with ether to yield (4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)(3-(3,4-dihydroxy-3,4-dimethylpyrrolidin-1-yl)phenyl)methanone hydrochloride as a white solid.
Yield: 0.06 g, (50%)
Mol. Wt: 423.55
LCMS (m/z): 446 [M+Na]
HPLC Purity: 97.27%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.44-7.22 (m, 5H), 6.70-6.60 (m, 2H), 6.52 (s, 1H), 4.11 (s, 2H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.38 (ABq, J=9.6 Hz, 4H), 3.25-3.15 (m, 1H), 3.02-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.05-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.88-1.58 (m, 3H), 1.30 (s, 6H).
Example 25 Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (Target-41 gemdimethyl) and (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(4-cyclopropyl-3-hydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (Target-41 cyclopropyl)
To an ice-cooled solution of 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (2.0 g, 9.21 mmol) in methanol (20 mL), thionyl chloride (1.3 mL, 18.43 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and refluxed at 60° C. for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo, diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated NaHCO3 solution followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield methyl 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzoate.
White solid; Yield: 1.5 g, (70%)
Mol. Wt.: 231.04
LCMS (m/z): 231, 233 [M+1].
Step-2: Synthesis of 5-bromo-2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenol
To a solution of methyl 4-bromo-2-hydroxybenzoate (1.5 g, 6.5 mmol) in THF (50 mL) at −78° C. under N2 atmosphere, methyl lithium (13.0 mL, 38.9 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. before it was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NH4Cl solution and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield 5-bromo-2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenol.
White solid; Yield: 1.2 g, (80%)
Mol. Wt.: 231.09
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.06 (s, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 6.93 (ABq, J=8.4 Hz, 2H), 2.33 (s, 1H), 1.65 (s, 6H).
Step-3: Synthesis of ((E)-ethyl 3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acrylate
A solution of 5-bromo-2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenol (1.2 g, 5.2 mmol), ethyl acrylate (1.13 mL, 10.4 mmol), triethyl amine (1.5 mL, 10.4 mmol), tri-O-tolylphosphine (0.16 g, 0.52 mmol) in acetonitrile (50 mL) was degassed using argon for 10 min. Palladium acetate (0.12 g, 0.52 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was again degassed using argon for 10 min. The reaction mixture was then refluxed at 80° C. for 4 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate and the slurry was then filtered over celite. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuo to yield the crude product which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-5%, EtOAc in hexane) to yield (E)-ethyl 3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acrylate.
White solid; Yield: 1.0 g, (77%)
Mol. Wt.: 250.29
LCMS (m/z): 251 [M+1].
Step-4: Synthesis of (E)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acrylic acid
To a solution of (E)-ethyl 3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acrylate (0.3 g, 1.19 mmol) in THF: H2O (5 mL, 4:1), LiOH (0.2 g, 4.79 mmol) was added and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The organic solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was acidified with 10% citric acid solution. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc and dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield a residue which was triturated with diethyl ether to afford the (E)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acrylic acid.
White solid; Yield: 0.2 g, (76%)
Mol. Wt: 222.24
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.56 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 7.26 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.02 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.97 (s, 1H), 6.38 (d, J=16.0 Hz, 1H), 1.59 (s, 6H).
Step-5: Synthesis of (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate
A mixture of tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.19 g, 0.67 mmol), (E)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acrylic acid (0.15 g, 0.67 mmol), EDCi (0.19 g, 1.01 mmol), HOBt (0.13 g, 1.01 mmol), DIEA (0.3 mL, 1.67 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was extracted with EtOAc and washed with brine. The combined organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude compound which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0.5%, MeOH in CHCl3) to yield (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate.
White solid; Yield: 0.25 g, (33%)
Mol. Wt: 494.62
LCMS (m/z): 495 [M+1].
Synthesis of (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxy-propan-2-yl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (TFA salt)
A solution of (E)-tert-butyl 3-(1-(3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)acryloyl)piperidin-4-yl)benzylcarbamate (0.1 g, 0.2 mmol) in MeOH (2 mL) was treated with conc. HCl (0.2 mL) at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was purified by prep-HPLC to yield (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one and (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(4-cyclopropyl-3-hydroxyphenyl)prop-2-en-1-one as a TFA salt.
Analytical data for (E)-1-(4-(3-(aminomethyl)phenyl)piperidin-1-yl)-3-(3-hydroxy-4-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenyl)prop-2-en-1-one (TFA salt)White solid; Yield: 0.002 g, (3%)
Mol. Wt.: 366.45
LCMS (m/z): 389 [M+23]
HPLC Purity: 99.11%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.49 (d, J=15.6 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.22 (m, 5H), 7.10 (d, J=16.4 Hz, 1H), 7.07 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.01 (s, 1H), 4.80-4.74 (m, 1H), 4.46-4.35 (m, 1H), 4.09 (s, 2H), 3.00-2.80 (m, 2H), 2.04-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.60 (s, 6H).
Example 26 Synthesis of CMI MonomersThe compound 1-{3-[4-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-piperidine-1-carbonyl]-phenyl}-3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-one hydrochloride (10) was prepared starting from 3-methyl-but-2-enoic acid methyl ester (1) as shown in Scheme 27 below. In a similar way the other isomer Compound 13 was prepared as shown in Scheme 28, also below.
To a solution of 3-methylbut-2-enoic acid methyl ester (20 g, 175.4 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (88 mL) was added N-bromosuccinimide (31.2 g, 175.4 mmole) and benzoyl peroxide (235 mg) under nitrogen. The mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h. A small aliquot was worked up and the 1H NMR indicated the reaction to be complete. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove the succinimide which was washed with carbon tetrachloride (40 mL) and the combined filtrates were evaporated to give the crude title product (33.8 g) as a mixture of cis and trans isomers. The crude residue was used as such in the next reaction.
Synthesis of 3-(4-methyl-2-oxo-2,5-dihydropyrrol-1-yl)benzoic acid methyl ester (5) (CMI-89-24)To a solution of cis/trans mixture of bromo ester 5 (33.4 g, 175.13 mmole) in carbon tetrachloride (95 mL) was added triethylamine (26.4 g, 175.13 mmole) followed by 3-aminobenzoic acid methyl ester (4, 26.4 g, 175.13 mmole). The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature for 3 h. TLC analysis showed no new product. The mixture was then heated to reflux for 24 h. It was cooled to room temperature, diluted with methylene chloride (100 mL), washed with water (3×200 mL) to remove triethyl amine. The organic layer was dried with sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography using 20% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluent to give the pure title product (4.2 g, 10.4%). MP 87-89° C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): 8.24 (d, 2H, J=4.2 Hz), 8.05 (s, 1H), 7.77 (d, 1H, J=3.6 Hz), 7.44 (t, 1H), 5.97 (s, 1H), 4.35 (s, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 2.16 (s, 3H).
Synthesis of 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid methyl ester (6) (CMI-72-151)To a well stirred solution of (DHQD)2PHAL (150 mg, 0.19 mmol), potassium ferricyanide (10.9 g, 33 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.55 g, 33 mmol), potassium osmate dihydrate (100 mg, 0.27 mmol) and methylsulfonamide (1.045 g, 11 mmol) in 1:1 mixture of tert. butanol and water (125 mL) was added compound 5 (2.54 g, 11 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and was quenched with solid potassium sulfite (25 g). The mixture was stirred for one hour, ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and stirring was continued for few minutes after which the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to give the crude residue which was purified by silica-gel column chromatography using 1 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent. The pure dihydroxy compound 6 thus obtained as an off-white solid (800 mg, 27.5%). MP 98-100° C. 1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.56 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, OH), 3.58 (s, OH), 3.84 (dd, J=26 & 8 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.1 & 3 Hz, 1H), 8.05-8.12 (m, 2H). ESMS: 266 (MH+). [α]D−23.3 (CH2Cl2, C=1.06).
Synthesis of 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid (7)To a solution of dihydroxy ester 6 (530 mg, 2 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was added 1.25 M aqueous sodium hydroxide (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the residue dried by co-evaporation with toluene (2×10 mL). Methanol (10 mL) was added to the residue, and the residual NaCl was removed by filtration. The filtrate was evaporated to give the title compound as a sticky gum. (500 mg, 100%). 1HNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.50 (s, 3H), 3.70 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (d, J=10.2 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (s, 1H), 7.49 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.93 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=3 Hz, 1H). ESMS: 252 (MH+). It was used as such in the next reaction.
Synthesis of (3-{1-[3-(3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl]-piperidin-4-yl}benzyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (9) (CMI-93-20)To a solution of the dihydroxy acid 7 (450 mg, 1.8 mmol) and (3-piperidin-4-yl-benzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (8, 420 mg, 1.45 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) was added EDCI (575 mg, 3 mmol) followed by N-hydroxybenzotriazole (30 mg, 0.25 mmol) and DIPEA (0.8 mL, 4.5 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was purified by silica-gel column chromatography using 1 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent. The pure title compound thus obtained as off-white solid (320 mg, 42%). MP>105° C. (dec). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.44, (s, 9H), 1.48 (s, 3H), 1.65-2.05 (m, 5H), 2.83-3.35 (m, 4H), 3.69 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 3.82 (s, 1H), 3.85 (d, J=10.5 Hz, 1H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 7.09-7.25 (m, 5H), 7.46 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1H) and 7.90 (s, 1H). ESMS: 524 (MH+). [α]D−19.25 (CH2Cl2, 1.03).
Synthesis of 1-{3-[4-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-piperidine-1-carbonyl]-phenyl}-3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-one hydrochloride (10) (CMI-93-21)The Boc derivative 9 (112 mg, 0.21 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and the solution was cooled in an ice-bath. To this was added 2 M HCl in ether (1.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. On evaporation of the solvent, a white solid was obtained, which was dried at 50° C. overnight in a vacuum oven to give desired product as the hydrochloride salt. (82 mg, 85%) MP>185° C. (dec). IHNMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): 1.49 (s, 3H), 1.65-2.05 (m, 5H), 2.85-3.01 (m, 3H), 3.65-3.95 (m, 3H), 4.12 (s, 2H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 7.22-7.52 (m, 8H), 8.08 (s, 1H). ESMS: 424 (MH+).
Synthesis of 3-(3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoic acid methyl ester (11) (CMI-72-153)To a well stirred solution of (DHQ)2PHAL (150 mg, 0.19 mmol), potassium ferricyanide (10.9 g, 33 mmol), potassium carbonate (4.55 g, 33 mmol), potassium osmate dihydrate (100 mg, 0.27 mmol) and methylsulfonamide (1.045 g, 11 mmol) in a 1:1 mixture of tert. butanol and water (125 mL) was added compound 5 (2.54 g, 11 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then quenched with solid potassium sulfite (25 g). It was stirred for one hour, after which ethyl acetate (100 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for a few minutes then the organic layer was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated to give the crude diol. This was purified by silica-gel column chromatography using 1 to 5% methanol in dichloromethane as the eluent. The pure dihydroxy compound 11 was obtained as an off-white solid (773 mg, 26.5%). MP 95-97° C. IHNMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.56 (s, 3H), 2.96 (s, OH), 3.58 (s, OH), 3.84 (dd, J=26 & 8 Hz, 2H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.22 (s, 1H), 7.46 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (dd, J=8.1 & 3 Hz, 1H), 8.05-8.12 (m, 2H). ESMS: 266 (MH+). [α]D+23.59 (CH2Cl2, C=1.06).
Synthesis of (3-{-1-[3-(3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-2-oxo-pyrrolidin-1-yl)benzoyl]-piperidin-4-yl}benzyl)carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (12): (CMI-72-159)The ester 11 was hydrolyzed to the corresponding acid and converted to amide 12 in a way similar to that reported for compound 9. MP>68° C. (dec). [α]D+19.05 (CH2Cl2, 1.03). Mass and 1H NMR were in agreement with the proposed structure.
Synthesis of 1-{3-[4-(3-aminomethyl-phenyl)-piperidine-1-carbonyl]-phenyl}-3,4-dihydroxy-4-methyl-pyrrolidin-2-one hydrochloride (13) (CMI-93-17)It was prepared in a similar way to that reported for Compound 10 starting from 83 mg of compound 12. The hydrochloride salt of 13 obtained as a sticky solid. Mass and 1H NMR were in agreement with the proposed structure.
Example 27The following table contains exemplary compounds.
Final targets with boronic acid functionality were synthesized. These compounds were synthesized by two approaches. In approach-1 the aryl boronic acids or their pinacolato boronate esters with carboxylic acid were coupled to protected core (Core-1 or Core-4 shown in synthetic scheme). Product was deprotected to obtain the target boronic acids. In approach-2 desired halo aryl carboxylic acids were first coupled to the appropriate protected core. The boronate ester/acid was introduced on the coupled product and deprotected to give the desired target boronic acids. The required aryl halo carboxylic acids in step-1 of both the approaches were either procured commercially or synthesized in-house by known methods in the literature. The details of the synthesis of these targets are given below.
Approach-1Required aryl boronic acids or their pinacolato boronate esters with carboxylic acid groups were synthesized and coupled with protected core (Core-1 or Core-4 shown in synthetic scheme). Coupled products were deprotected. During deprotection reaction of intermediates containing boronate ester functionality, either partial or complete hydrolysis of boronate esters to boronic acids occurred. Mixture of boronate ester and boronic acid was then subjected to purification by prep HPLC under acidic condition during which, remainder of the boronate ester was converted to boronic acid.
The details of intermediates sourced/synthesized as per literature methods/synthesized by adapted methods are given below.
To an ice-cold solution of 2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)acetic acid (2.0 g, 11.75 mmol) in MeOH (40 mL), thionyl chloride (1.7 mL, 23.51 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and refluxed for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue obtained was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was purified by silica gel column chromatography (0-10% Ethyl acetate in Hexane) to yield methyl 2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)acetate. White solid;
Yield: 2.1 g, (95%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.04-6.92 (m, 1H), 6.90-6.80 (m, 2H), 4.85 (bs, 1H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.52 (s, 2H)
Step-2To an ice-cold solution of methyl 2-(3-fluoro-4-hydroxyphenyl)acetate (2.1 g, 11.41 mmol) in pyridine (40 mL), trifluoromethane sulphonic anhydride (5.7 mL, 34.23 mmol) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature over the period of 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuo and the residue obtained was dried to afford methyl 2-(3-fluoro-4-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)acetate. White solid;
Yield: 3.3 g, (92%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.48-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.28-7.18 (m, 1H), 3.75 (s, 2H), 3.70 (s, 3H)
Step-3To a solution of methyl 2-(3-fluoro-4-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)phenyl)acetate (3.3 g, 10.43 mmol) in Dioxane (70 mL) was added Bis(Pinacolato)diborane (3.17 g, 12.52 mmol) and the reaction mixture was degassed under argon stream. To this solution, dichlorobis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (II) (0.25 g, 0.31 mmol), 1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene (0.17 g, 0.31 mmol) and potassium acetate (3.07 g, 31.3 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 15 h under argon. After completion of reaction (TLC), the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water followed by brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to give a residue which was purified by silica gel column chromatography on silica gel (0-30% Ethyl acetate in Hexane) to give methyl 2-(3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)acetate. White solid;
Yield: 1.5 g (49%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 7.40-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.18-7.08 (m, 2H), 4.77 (s, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 1.35 (s, 12H)
Step-4To a solution of methyl 2-(3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)acetate (0.25 g, 0.85 mmol) in THF (15 mL) was added LiOH (0.07 g, 1.69 mmol) and the resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, residue acidified with 10% citric acid solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated under reduced pressure and triturated with diethyl ether to yield the 2-(3-fluoro-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)acetic acid. White solid;
Yield: 0.16 g (67%)
MS (ES+): m/z=281 [MH+]
Synthesis of (5′-(4-(3-(amino methyl)phenyl)piperidine-1-carbonyl)-2′,3′-dimethyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-yl)boronic acid (A-107)To a mixture of bromine (20.5 g, 128.3 mmol) in CCl4 (225 mL) iron powder (1.98 g, 34.9 mmol) was added and cooled to 0° C. A solution of 3, 4 dimethyl benzoic acid (3.5 g, 23.3 mmol in 70 mL CCl4) was added drop wise and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 30% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (RF 0.4) and product formation (Rf-0.35). The reaction mixture was quenched with sodium thiosulphate at 0° C. and stirred for 15 min. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3-bromo-4,5-dimethylbenzoic acid as a yellow solid. NMR is in agreement with the desired structure. Yield: (2.8 g, 52.8%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.04 (s, 3H), 7.12 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 8.07-8.10 (m, 2H), 9.90 (brs, 1H).
Step-2To a degassed solution of palladium acetate (0.98 g, 4.37 mmol) Triphenyl phosphine (4.58 g, 17.5 mmol) in degassed 1,4 Dioxane (30 mL) was added to a degassed solution of 3-bromo-4,5-dimethylbenzoic acid (1 g, 4.37 mmol), Bispinacolato diborane (11 g, 43.7 mmol) and potassium acetate (1.28 g, 13.11 mmol in 70 mL Dioxane). The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h. TLC (Mobile phase 30% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (RF 0.35) and product formation (Rf-0.45). The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated. The compound was extracted in ethyl acetate, washed with water. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and the crude residue purified by column chromatography on silica gel using hexane-ethyl acetate as eluent to give 3,4-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid. LCMS is in agreement with the desired structure.
Yield: (0.61 g 50.8%).
MS: (ES+); m/z=277 [MH+]
Step-3A solution of 3,4-dimethyl-5-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (0.61 g, 2.21 mmol) 1-bromo-3-iodobenzene (0.62 g, 2.21 mmol), potassium acetate (0.28 g, 2.87 mmol), cesium carbonate (2.15 g, 6.63 mmol) in degassed DMSO (10 mL) was degassed for 15 min. PdCl2 (dppf).DCM adduct (0.36 g, 0.44 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was further degassed for 15 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 20% ethyl acetate in hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.45) and product formation (Rf 0.3). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes-ethyl acetate as eluent to give 3′-bromo-5,6-dimethyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid.
Yield: (0.32 g, 47.7%).
MS (ES+): m/z=305/307 [MH+]
Step-4To a degassed solution of palladium acetate (0.23 g, 1.05 mmol)
Triphenyl phosphine (1.1 g, 4.21 mmol) in degassed 1,4 Dioxane (20 mL) was added to a degassed solution of 3′-bromo-5,6-dimethyl-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (0.32 g, 1.05 mmol), Bispinacolato diborane (2.66 g, 10.5 mmol) and potassium acetate (0.3 g, 3.15 mmol in 30 mL Dioxane). The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 16 h. TLC (Mobile phase 30% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (RF 0.5) and product formation (Rf-0.55). The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated in vacuo. The compound was extracted in ethyl acetate, washed with water. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate as eluent to give 5,6-dimethyl-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid. Purified material still contained pinacolato boronate peaks. This material was used in the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.37 g, Crude)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 4.10-4.23 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.80 (dd, J=2.0 and 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 13.5 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of 6-chloro-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (A-109)A solution of 3-bromo-4-chlorobenzoic acid (1.5 g, 6.43 mmol), potassium acetate (3.15 g, 32.1 mmol), and Bispinacolato diborane (8.14 g, 32.1 mmol) in degassed DMF (15 mL) was degassed for 15 min. PdCl2 (dppf) DCM adduct (0.52 g, 0.64 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was further degassed for 15 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.2) and product formation (Rf-0.5). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with 2N NaOH and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1N HCl and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo, and the crude was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes-ethyl acetate to give 4-chloro-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid as white solid.
Yield: (1.4 g 77%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90-8.00 (dd, J=2.0 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (brs, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 13.9 (s, 1H).
Step-2A solution of 4-chloro-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)benzoic acid (1.6 g, 5.67 mmol) 3-bromo iodo benzene (1.59 g, 5.67 mmol), potassium acetate (0.72 g, 7.37 mmol), cesium carbonate (5.53 g, 17.02 mmol) in degassed DMSO (20 mL) was degassed for 15 min. PdCl2 (dppf).DCM adduct (0.46 g, 0.56 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was further degassed for 15 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.5) and product formation (Rf 0.3). The reaction mixture was quenched with water and acidified with 1N HCl. Solid precipitated out which was filtered, dried and purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes-ethyl acetate to give 3′-bromo-6-chloro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid as a white solid.
Yield: (1.12 g, 63.6%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.07 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.90-8.00 (dd, J=2.0 and 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.15 (s, 1H), 8.50 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (brs, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 13.9 (s, 1H).
Step-3A solution of 3′-bromo-6-chloro-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (1.12 g, 3.60 mmol), potassium acetate (1.05 g, 10.8 mmol), Bispinacolato diborane (2.73 g, 10.8 mmol) in degassed DMF (20 mL) was degassed for 15 min. PdCl2 (dppf) DCM adduct (0.14 g, 0.17 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was further degassed for 15 min. The reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.2) and product formation (Rf-0.5). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, diluted with 2N NaOH and washed with ethyl acetate. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1N HCl and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulphate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes-ethyl acetate to give 6-chloro-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylicacid.
Yield: (0.83 g, 64%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 4.10-4.23 (q, JJ=7 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.80 (dd, J=2.0 and 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 13.5 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of: 4-(3-boronophenyl)-5-(methylthio)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (A-116)2,4-dibromo-5-methylthio thiophene was synthesized as per procedures available in the literature (Kano, Shinzo; Yuasa, Yoko; Yokomatsu, Tsutomu; Shibuya, Shiroshi Heterocycles, 1983, vol. 20, #10 p. 2035-2037)
Step-2Lithiation of 2,4-dibromo-5-methylthio thiophene (28.13 g, 97.7 mmol) was done with n-BuLi (7.46 g, 116.64 mmol) at −78° C. in THF (562 mL after 5 min under stirring at same temperature was carefully added dry-ice and the temperature of the reaction mixture was allowed to raise to room temperature then the reaction mixture was quenched with dil HCl and concentrated. The residue obtained was diluted with dil HCl, and filtered and washed with methanol to get the product.
Yield: 17.2 g, 70%
MS (ES+): m/z=253.20/255.20 [MH+]
Step-3Lithiation of bromo-5-(methylthio)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (14.99 g, 59.25 mmol)was done with n-BuLi (11.37 g, 177.76 mmol) at −78° C. in THF (300 mL) after 30 min, under stirring at same temperature was carefully added tri-isopropyl borate (32.53 g, 177.76 mmol) drop wise and the temperature of the reaction mixture was allowed to raise to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with dil HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The residue obtained was diluted with dil HCl, filtered and washed with water and re-dissolved in aq NaOH and re-precipitated by acidifying with dil HCl to get pure product.
Yield: 10.36 g 0.80%
MS (ES+): m/z=219.10 [MH+]
Step-4To ice cold methanol (30 vol) was added conc. Sulphuric acid (2 vol) and then 4-borono-5-(methylthio)thiophene-2-carboxylic acid (9.9 g, 45.85 mmol)was added. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux till completion of reaction. After completion the reaction mixture was concentrated to its 25% vol and poured on crushed ice. The solid precipitated was filtered and washed with water to get pure product.
Yield: 7.45 g, 70%
MS (ES+): m/z=233.25 [MH+]
Step-5Suzuki coupling of (5-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-(methylthio)thiophen-3-yl)boronic acid step-4 product (5 g, 21.54 mmol) with 3-bromo Iodobenzene (7.31 g, 25.85 mmol) was carried out in presence of Palladium (0) Tetrakis (Triphenyl phosphine) (10 mol %) in Dioxane (20 vol) water (5 vol) and sodium carbonate (4.56 g, 43.08 mmol) as base and heated at 80° C. for 15 hrs. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate to get crude product. Crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Yield: 3.69 g, 50%
LCMS: Mol. Wt: −343.26; Peak observed: 343/345.10 [MH+]
Step-6Stirred suspension of methyl 4-(3-bromophenyl)-5-(methylthio)thiophene-2-carboxylate, step-5 (2.6 g, 7.8 mmol)product in toluene (30 vol) was degassed with argon and charged with potassium acetate (3 eq), PdCl2-DPPF-CH2Cl2 (5 mol %) and Bis(Pinacolato)Diborane (4.93 g, 19.5 mmol), dppf (3 mol %). Reaction mass was heated to reflux & monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Yield: 2.14 g, 70%
MS (ES+): m/z=391.15 [MH+]
Step-7To ice cold methanol (30 mL) was added conc. Sulphuric acid (2 mL) and then methyl 5-(methylthio)-4-(3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)phenyl)thiophene-2-carboxylate, step-6 product (2.1 g, 5.38 mmol) was added at 0° C. Reaction mixture was heated to reflux until completion of reaction. After completion the reaction mixture was concentrated to 25% of its vol and poured over crushed ice. The precipitate was filtered and washed with water to get pure product.
Yield: 1.3 g, 80%
MS (ES+): m/z=309.20 [MH+]
Step-8A mixture of step-7 product (1.29 g, 4.21 mmol), Potassium hydroxide (2.36 g, 42.13 mmol), THF (10 mL) and water (20 mL) was heated to 60° C. for 2 h. The reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with water. The pH of the reaction mixture was then adjusted to ˜2 using Conc. HCl. resulting in a precipitate. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 744 mg, 60%
MS (ES+): m/z=295.20 [MH+]
Synthesis of 4′-fluoro-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (A-131)4′-fluoro-3′ methoxy biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1 g, 4.865 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (25 mL and the solution was cooled to 0° C. thionyl chloride (0.8 ml, 12.19 mmol) was added drop wise and then refluxed at 70° C. overnight. The methanol was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water (1×25 mL), 10% NaHCO3 solution then separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get pure product (Off white solid)
Yield: 1.01 g (95%)
MS (ES+): m/z=261 [MH+]
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.22 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.73 (d, J=87.6 Hz, 1H), 7.51 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.22-7.08 (m, 3H), 3.96 (d, J=6.2 Hz, 6H).
Step-2A stirred solution of methyl-4′-fluoro-3′-methoxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (900 mg, 3.46 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and dropwise charged with boron tribromide (1.0 ml, 10.38 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at room temperature for 5 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled and quenched with methanol then concentrated in vacuo and charged with methanol and concentrated in vacuo several times to remove excess of bromine.
Yield: 800 mg (94%),
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.08 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.92 (d, J=87.7 Hz, 1H), 7.87-7.82 (m, 1H), 7.59 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H), 7.10 (ddd, J=8.3, 4.3, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (s, 3H).
Step-3A stirred solution of methyl-4′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (800 mg, 3.25 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was charged with DIPEA (1.7 ml, 9.76 mmol) at 0° C. then charged with triflic anhydride (1.67 ml, 9.76 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched with water followed by wash with 1N HCl (25 mL) and brine solution. Organic layer was separated and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product, yellow oil. The crude compound was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (n-hexane-ethyl acetate 9:1) to give 850 mg pure product as white solid.
Yield: 850 mg (85%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.24-8.19 (m, 1H), 8.13 (dd, J=7.1, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 8.01-7.97 (m, 2H), 7.91 (ddd, J=8.9, 4.8, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75-7.62 (m, 2H), 3.90 (d, J=1.4 Hz, 3H).
Step-4A solution of methyl-4′-fluoro-3′-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (500 mg, 1.322 mmol), potassium acetate (444 mg, 4.629 mmol), bis pinacolato diborane (3.34 g, 13.22 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (15 mL) was degassed for 15 min. under argon. To this were added Pd(dppf)Cl2 (64.7 mg, 0.0793 mmol), dppf (43.4 mg, 0.0793 mmol) and again degassed for 10 min. and stirred at 80° C. for 12-14 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get crude product. The crude product was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (n-hexane-ethyl acetate 8:2) to get 650 mg product contaminated with some bis pinacolato diborane.
Yield: 600 mg
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.33 (s, 12H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 7.36-7.23 (m, 1H), 8.02-7.79 (m, 3H), 8.15-8.07 (m, 1H), 7.70-7.57 (m, 1H)
Step-5To a solution of 4′-fluoro-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (600 mg, 1.685 mmol) in THF:water (10 mL) was added lithium hydroxide (212 mg, 5.056 mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the pH of residue was adjusted up to 2. Major product spot was isolated by acid base work-up.
Yield: 200 mg
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.12 (brs, 1H), 8.12 (t, J=1.9 Hz, 1H), 7.97-7.84 (m, 4H), 7.61 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 1.33 (s, 12H).
Synthesis of 3′-fluoro-5′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (A-132)3′-Fluoro-5′ methoxy biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1 g, 4.865 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (25 ml) and solution was cooled to 0° C. Thionyl chloride (0.8 ml, 12.19 mmol) was added drop wise and reaction mixture was refluxed at 70° C. overnight. Methanol was removed in vacuo and the residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water (1×25 mL) followed by 10% NaHCO3 solution and separated. The organic layer dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get pure product (off-white solid)
Yield: 1 g (94%)
MS (ES+): m/z=261.00 [MH+]
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMOS-d6): δ 8.17 (s, 1H), 8.01-7.92 (m, 2H), 7.62 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dt, J=11.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (d, J=15.5 Hz, 6H).
Step-2A stirred solution of methyl-3′-fluoro-5′-methoxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (900 mg, 3.461 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and dropwise charged with boron tribromide (1 ml, 10.38 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature 5 hr then cooled and quenched with methanol. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and charged and stripped with methanol several times to remove excess of bromine.
Yield: 800 mg (93.4%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.13 (s, 1H), 7.94 (dd, J=20.0, 7.7 Hz, 2H), 7.62 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.03-6.89 (m, 2H), 6.61 (d, J=10.6 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step-3A stirred solution of methyl-3′-fluoro-5′-hydroxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (800 mg, 3.252 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was charged with DIPEA (1.7 ml, 9.756 mmol) at 0° C. followed by triflic anhydride (1.67 ml, 9.756 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and separated and the organic was wash with 1N HCl (25 mL) and brine solution. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product, yellow oil) which was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel (n-hexane:ethyl acetate 9:1) to give 850 mg pure product as a white solid.
Yield: 850 mg (85%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.26 (s, 1H), 8.04 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2H), 7.87-7.79 (m, 2H), 7.66 (q, J=9.0, 8.3 Hz, 2H), 3.90 (s, 3H).
Step-4A solution of methyl-3′-fluoro-5′-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (500 mg, 1.322 mmol), potassium acetate (444 mg, 4.629 mmol), bis pinacolato diborane (3.34 g, 13.22 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (15 mL) was degassed for 15 min. under argon and charged with Pd(dppf)Cl2 (64.7 mg, 0.0793 mmol) and dppf (43.4 mg, 0.0793 mmol) and degassed for 10 min. and stirred at 80° C. for 12-14 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water and brine and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get crude product which was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (n-hexane-ethyl acetate 8:2) to get 650 mg product contaminated with some bis pinacolato diborane.
Yield: 650 mg.
1H NMR (400 MHz DMSO-d6): δ 1.32 (s, 12H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.38-7.40 (m, 1H), 7.63-7.74 (m, 3H), 7.99-8.01 (m, 2H), 8.18 (s, 1H)
Step-5A solution of 3′-fluoro-5′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (250 mg, 0.7022 mmol) in THF:water (10 mL) was charged with lithium hydroxide (88 mg, 2.106 mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The THF solvent was concentrated under vacuum and the pH of residue was adjusted up to 2 and the major product spot was isolated by acid-base work-up.
Yield: 90 mg
1H NMR (400 MHz DMSO-d6): δ 1.32 (s, 12H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 7.38-7.40 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63-7.74 (m, 1H), 7.99-8.01 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 8.18 (s, 1H), 13.12 (bs, 1H)
Synthesis of 2′-fluoro-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid. (A-133)A solution of 2′-fluoro-3′ methoxy biphenyl-3-carboxylic acid (1 g, 4.865 mmol) in methanol (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and dropwise charged with thionyl chloride (0.8 ml, 12.19 mmol) and refluxed at 70° C. overnight.
The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature and the solvent was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and the organic layer was washed with water (1×25 mL), 10% NaHCO3 Solution (1×15 ml) and separated and dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in pure product (off white solid)
Yield: 700 mg (66%),
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.24-8.19 (m, 1H), 8.05 (dt, J=7.4, 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.75 (dq, J=7.4, 1.8 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.06-6.94 (m, 3H), 3.94 (s, 6H).
Step-2A stirred solution of methyl2′-fluoro-3′-methoxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (700 mg, 2.692 mmol) in dichloromethane (25 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and dropwise charged with boron tribromide (0.8 ml, 8.070 mmol) under a nitrogen atmosphere and stirred at room temperature for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled and quenched with methanol and the solvent was evaporated and stripped with methanol several times to remove excess of bromine.
Yield: 650 mg (98%),
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.06 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (td, J=7.7, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.00 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.92 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 3.87 (s, 3H).
Step-3A stirred solution of methyl-2′-fluoro-3′-hydroxy-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (650 mg, 2.640 mmol), 2,4-dibromo-5-methylthio thiophene, and DIPEA (1.41 ml, 7.920 mmol) in dichloromethane (30 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with triflic anhydride (1.33 ml, 7.920 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 hrs. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and separated and the organic was washed with 1N HCl (25 mL), brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude yellow oil. The crude compound was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (n-hexane-ethyl acetate 9:1) to give 850 mg pure compound as a white solid.
Yield: 850 mg (85%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.13 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (d, J=7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.89 (d, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.79-7.62 (m, 3H), 7.51 (t, J=8.1 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (s, 3H).
Step-4A solution of methyl2′-fluoro-3′-(((trifluoromethyl)sulfonyl)oxy)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (400 mg, 1.038 mmol), potassium acetate (355 mg, 3.703 mmol), bis pinacolato diborane (1.34 g, 5.2810 mmol) in anhydrous dioxane (15 mL) was degassed for 15 min. under argon. The reaction mixture was charged with Pd(dppf)Cl2 (51 mg, 0.0634 mmol), dppf (35 mg, 0.0634 mmol) and again degassed for 10 min. and heated to 80° C. for 12-14 hrs. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water followed by brine. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (n-hexane-ethyl acetate 8:2) to get 600 mg product contaminated with some Bis pinacolato diborane.
Yield: 600 mg.
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.06-8.08 (m, 1H) 7.97 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.52-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.25-7.35 (m, 1H), 3.86 (s, 1H), 1.29 (s 12H)
Step-5A solution of 2′-fluoro-3′-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylate (200 mg, 0.561 mmol) in THF: Water (10 mL) was charged with Solid lithium hydroxide (94 mg, 2.247) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The THF was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous pH adjusted up to 2. Major product spot was isolated by acid base work-up.
Yield: 130 mg (67.7%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.31 (s, 12H), 3.92 (s, 1H), 7.33 (s, 1H), 7.59-7.98 (m, 6H), 8.08 (s, 1H), 13.04 (bs, 1H)
Synthesis of 5-((2-boronobenzyl)(methyl)amino)-1-naphthoic acid (A-143)To cold fuming nitric acid (3 ml, 660 mmol) at 0-5° C. was charged with α-naphthoic acid (1 gm, 5.8 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min. period and stirred at 0-5° C. for 30 min. and then at room temperature for an additional 2 hr. The reaction mixture was poured into 20 ml of ice-cold water upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered and washed with 10 ml of water. The solid obtained was dissolved in 10 ml of 8% sodium carbonate and stirred for 10 mins and filtered. Filtrate was acidified using 10% HCl (pH=2) and the precipitate was filtered and re-crystallized from ethanol, filtered and dried under vacuum to get a yellow solid.
Yield: 1.14 g, 90.47%
HPLC Purity: 98.09%,
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.57 (s, 1H), 9.19 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.54-8.21 (m, 3H), 7.85 (dt, J=16.3, 7.8 Hz, 2H)
Step 2A stirred solution of step-1 product (1 g, 4.60 mmol) in methanol (15 ml) was charged with conc. sulfuric acid and heated to reflux at 70° C. for 24 hrs.
The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was basified to pH=8 using 10% sodium bicarbonate and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 ml). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×10 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel to get a pale yellow color solid.
Yield: 150 mg, 14.15%,
HPLC Purity: 77.57%,
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.26 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.30 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 8.21 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.07 (m, 1H), 7.71 (dt, J=22.9, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 4.05 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 3H).
Step 3A stirred solution of 10% Pd—C (8 mg) in dry methanol (2 mL) was charged with a solution of step-2 product (80 mg, 0.340 mmol) in methanol (10 ml) under nitrogen and then the reaction was charged with a hydrogen pressure(bladder) for 24 hr at room temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to get yellow oil.
Yield: 60 mg, 86.95%
MS (ES+): m/z=202.05 [MH+]
Step 4A stirred solution of step-3 product (120 mg, 1 eq) in methanol (20 mL) was charged with 2-formyl phenyl boronic acid (89 mg, 1 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room-temperature for 30 min. then charged with sodium cyanoborohydride (150 mg, 4 eq) and stirred at room-temperature for an additional 48 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo then partitioned between DCM (20 mL) and water (2×15 mL) and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel to get yellow color oil.
Yield: 80 mg, 40%
HPLC Purity: 82.57%,
MS (ES+): m/z=336.15 [MH+]
Step 5A stirred solution of the step-4 product (100 mg, 0.590 mmol) in ethanol (6 mL), water (2 mL), and acetic acid (2 mL) was charged with p-formaldehyde (14 mg, 0.590 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 15 mins then charged with sodium cyanoborohydride (75 mg, 2.30 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min. period and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was charged with water (10 mL) then acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get a yellow solid.
Yield: 100 mg, 97.15%,
MS (ES+): m/z=350.10 [MH+]
Step 6A stirred solution of the step-5 product (100 mg, 1 eq) in THF (3 mL) and water (3 mL) was charged with solid lithium hydroxide (14 mg, 2 eq) and the reaction was stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The THF was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get brown solid.
Yield: 80 mg, 83.33%
HPLC Purity: 32.52%,
MS (ES+): m/z=336.10 [MH+]
Synthesis of 3-((2-boronobenzyl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid (A-146)A stirred solution of methyl-3-amino benzoate (200 mg, 1.52 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was charged with 2-formyl phenyl boronic acid (198 mg, 1.32 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 10 mins then charged with sodium cyano borohydride (332 mg, 5.29 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min period and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and washed with water (2×15 mL), brine (2×15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel to get a brown solid.
Yield: 250 mg, 66.31%
MS (ES+): m/z=286.15 [MH+]
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.55-7.39 (m, 1H), 7.37-7.26 (m, 4H), 7.23-7.10 (m, 4H), 4.58 (s, 2H), 4.12-3.99 (m, 1H), 3.83 (d, J=30.9 Hz, 3H), 1.99 (s, 2H)
Step-2A stirred solution of the step-1 product (250 mg, 0.87 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL), water (5 mL), and acetic acid (5 mL) was charged with p-formaldehyde (40 mg, 1.30 mmol) and was stirred at room-temperature for 15 mins. The reaction mixture was charged with sodium cyanoborohydride (220 mg, 3.50 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min. period and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hr. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and to residue was charged with water (10 mL) and was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in yellow solid (Qty-160 mg).
Yield: 160 mg, 61.06%,
HPLC Purity: 85.56%,
MS (ES+): m/z=300.00 [MH+]
Step 3To a stirred solution of the step-2 product (160 mg, 0.53 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and water (2 mL) was charged with lithium hydroxide (26 mg, 1.00 mmol) and the reaction was stirred at room-temperature for 24 hr. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was acidified to pH 2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in a pale yellow solid.
Yield: 150 mg, 98.68%,
MS (ES+): m/z=286.15 [MH+]
Synthesis of 4-((2-boronobenzyl)(methyl)amino)benzoic acid (A-147)A stirred solution of methyl-4-amino benzoate (200 mg, 1.52 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was charged with 2-formyl phenyl boronic acid (198 mg, 1.32 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 10 mins then charged with sodium cyano borohydride (332 mg, 0.529 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min. period and continued to stir at room-temperature for an additional 24 hr. The solvent was concentrated under vacuum and the residue was dissolved in DCM (20 mL) and washed with water (2×15 mL), brine (2×15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in the crude product which was purified by column chromatography to get an off-white color solid.
Yield: 270 mg, 71.61%
MS (ES+): m/z=286.15 [MH+]
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.89 (t, J=8.7 Hz, 2H), 7.67 (dd, J=13.5, 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.46 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 2H), 7.38-7.24 (m, 2H), 4.59 (s, 2H), 4.10 (q, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.81 (s, 3H), 1.23 (s, 2H)
Step 2A stirred solution of the step-1 product (50 mg, 0.175 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL), water (1 mL) and acetic acid (1 mL) was charged with p-formaldehyde (8 mg, 0.26 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 15 min. The reaction was then charged with sodium cyanoborohydride (44 mg, 0.70 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min period and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted in water (10 mL) and was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in an off-white solid.
Yield: 50 mg, 96.15%
MS (ES+): m/z=300.00 [MH+]
Step 3A stirred solution of the step-2 product (250 mg, 0.83 mmol) in THF (10 mL) and water (4 mL) was charged with lithium hydroxide (40 mg, 1.6 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hr. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×15 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in yellow solid.
Yield: 210 mg, 88.23%
HPLC Purity: 82.94%,
MS (ES+): m/z=286.15 [MH+]
Synthesis of 6-((2-boronobenzyl)(methyl)amino)-1-naphthoic acid (A-154)A stirred solution of methyl 6-amino-1-naphthoate (500 mg, 2.48 mmol) in methanol (20 mL) was charged with 2-formyl phenyl boronic acid (373 mg, 2.48 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then charged with sodium cyanoborohydride (625 mg, 9.9 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for an additional 48 hr. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and residue was diluted with DCM (20 mL) and washed with water (2×15 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography to get yellow solid (Qty-600 mg).
Yield: 600 mg, 72.02%
MS (ES+): m/z=336.10 [MH+]
HPLC Purity: 99.59%,
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.66-9.60 (m, 1H), 8.67 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 8.36 (dd, J=9.7, 2.8 Hz, 2H), 8.06 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.92 (dd, J=15.9, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 7.74 (s, 1H), 7.49 (dq, J=15.2, 7.7 Hz, 3H), 7.35 (t, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.00-3.88 (m, 3H)
Step 2A stirred solution of the step-1 product (600 mg, 1.79 mmol) in ethanol (36 mL), water (12 mL), and acetic acid (12 mL) was charged with p-formaldehyde (81 mg, 2.68 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 15 mins. The reaction mixture was charged with sodium cyanoborohydride (450 mg, 7.16 mmol) portion-wise over a 15 min. period and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with water (10 mL) and acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in a yellow solid (Qty-680 mg crude) which was used in the next step without further purification.
Crude product used as such for next step
HPLC Purity: 93.25%,
MS (ES+): m/z=350.15 [MH+]
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.52 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.77 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=7.7 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (dd, J=9.4, 2.9 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (dq, J=15.0, 7.0 Hz, 3H), 7.05 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 4.80 (s, 2H), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.07 (s, 3H)
Step 3A stirred solution of the step-2 product (670 mg, 1.9 mmol) in THF (20 mL) and water (20 mL) was charged with lithium hydroxide (92 mg, 3.8 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and residue was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in a yellow solid.
Yield: 600 mg, 93.33%,
MS (ES+): m/z=336.10 [MH+]
HPLC Purity: 80.32%,
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.84 (s, 1H), 8.63 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.81 (dd, J=27.3, 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.42-7.14 (m, 4H), 7.06 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 4.79 (s, 2H), 4.08-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.09 (d, J=23.7 Hz, 3H)
Synthesis of 5′-bromo-2′-(dimethylamino)-[1,1′-biphenyl]-3-carboxylic acid (A 155)A stirred solution of 4-bromo-2-iodo aniline (2 g, 6.71 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1.4 g, 10.14 mmol) in DMF (20 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and dropwise charged over a 20 min. period with iodomethane (1.9 g, 13.0 mmol) keeping the temperature between 0-5° C. then stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr and then at room-temperature for 48 hrs. The reaction mixture was charged with water (30 mL) and was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×25 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2×25 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get the crude product which was purified by column chromatography to get a brown oil.
Yield: 1.8 g, 82.19%
HPLC Purity: 68.15%,
MS (ES+): m/z=312/314 [MH+]
Step 2A stirred solution of the step-1 product (1.8 g, 5.70 mmol) in ethanol (108 mL), water (36 mL), and acetic acid (36 mL) was charged with p-formaldehyde (260 mg, 8.60 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 15 min. The reaction mixture was portion-wise charged over a 20 min period with sodium cyanoborohydride (1.45 g, 23 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hr. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted in water (20 mL) and was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×30 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in a yellow oil.
Yield: 1.7 g, 90.42%
HPLC Purity: 99.70%,
MS (ES+): m/z=326 [MH+]
Step 3A stirred solution of step-2 product (1.7 g, 5.20 mmol) in toluene (50 mL) was charged with a solution of sodium carbonate (1.11 g, 10.04 mmol) in water (15 mL), 3-ethoxycarbonyl phenyl boronic acid (939 mg, 5.20 mmol) and the reaction was degassed with argon for 1 hr and then charged with tetrakis (340 mg, 20w/w) and heated to 100° C. for 24 hr. The reaction was allowed to cool to room-temperature and charged with water (20 mL) and was extracted with ethyl acetate (3×20 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get 750 mg of the crude product which was purified by column chromatography to get desired product as colorless oil.
Yield: 150 mg, 8.33%
HPLC Purity: 96.76%,
MS (ES+): m/z=348/350 [MH+]
Step 4A stirred solution of the step-3 product (100 mg, 0.28 mmol) in THF (5 mL) and water (3 mL) was charged with lithium hydroxide (10 mg, 0.43 mmol) and stirred at room-temperature for 24 hrs. The solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was acidified to pH=2 using 1N KHSO4 and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×10 mL). The combined organic layer was washed with brine (2×10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in an off-white solid.
Yield: 70 mg, 76.92%
HPLC Purity: 95.09%,
MS (ES+): m/z=321/323 [MH+]
Coupling of Boronate Ester or Boronic Acid Precursors (A) to the Appropriate Protected Core (Step-1a & b)To a stirred solution of carboxylic acid in DCM or DMF was added DMAP or DIPEA, EDCI, HOBt (in some cases). The solution was stirred for 15 min. at 0° C.-room temperature followed by addition of protected 4-(3-aminomethyl phenyl)piperidine or 5-aminomethyl Spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidine]. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting materials were consumed. Reaction mixture was then quenched with water and aq. layer was extracted twice with dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was used for next step without further purification.
The details of compounds synthesized by step-1a are as below:
The details of compounds synthesized by step-1b are as below.
Products from step-1a were stirred with aq. hydrochloric acid or trifluoracetic acid (TFA) in a co-solvent like dioxane, acetonitrile, methanol, THF, DCM etc. Reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. Reaction mass was then concentrated in vacuo to remove the solvents and residue obtained was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. The pure fraction of mobile phase was lyophilized to get the products as TFA salts.
In most of the cases boronate esters were hydrolyzed partly to get mixture of desired product and corresponding boronate esters. In such cases mixture was subjected to prep-HPLC purification under acidic condition during which, most of the boronate esters got converted to target boronic acids. Multiple purifications needed in such cases to isolate pure boronic acid.
In some cases TFA salts were converted to hydrochloride salts by stirring with 2N HCl for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere followed by lyophilization.
The details of compounds synthesized by step (2a) are as below. All reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale.
Products from step-1b were stirred with aq. hydrochloric acid or Trifluoracetic acid (TFA) in a co-solvent like Dioxane, Acetonitrile, methanol, THF, DCM etc. Reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. Reaction mass was concentrated under vacuum. The residue obtained was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. The pure fraction of mobile phase was lyophilized to get the products as TFA salts.
In some cases TFA salts were converted to hydrochloride salts by stirring with 2N HCl for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere followed by lyophilization.
The details of compounds synthesized by above method (2 b) are as below. All reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale.
Desired halo aryl carboxylic acids were first coupled with tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzyl carbamate and coupled products were reacted with Bis Pinacolato diborane to get boronate esters which were hydrolyzed to corresponding boronic acids.
The details of intermediates halo aryl carboxylic acids (A) sourced/synthesised as per literature methods/synthesised by developed methods are given above.
To a stirred solution of carboxylic acid in DCM or DMF was added DMAP or DIPEA, EDCI, HOBt (in some cases). The solution was stirred for 15 min. at 0° C.-RT followed by addition of Core-1 or Core-4 as shown in synthetic scheme. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the, starting materials were consumed. Solvents were concentrated under vacuum and reaction mixture was then quenched with water and aq. layer was extracted twice with dichloromethane/ethyl acetate and combined organic layers were optionally washed with dil. HCl whenever DIPEA was used and dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum to afford the product which was purified by column chromatography. The details
Product of step-1, was converted to boronate ester by palladium (0) catalyzed reaction with bis pinacolato borane in 1,4-dioxane using potassium acetate as base. Reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated. Product was extracted in ethyl acetate, and ethyl acetate layer was washed with water. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate concentrated and purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate to yield the boronate esters contaminated with bis pinacolato borane, which were characterized by LCMS and subjected for next step without further purification
The details of compounds synthesized are as below.
Products of step-2 were stirred with dioxane and concentrated HCl at room temperature overnight, when LCMS indicated complete consumption of starting. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and purified by Preparative HPLC. The details of compounds synthesized are below. All reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale.
Thirteen final targets with amido phenol functionality were synthesized.
Approach-1Suitably substituted 2-hydroxy aromatic amides with carboxylic acid functionality were synthesized and coupled with the protected core followed by the deprotection of Boc protection on amino methyl functionality as in the reaction scheme below
The details of intermediates (A) sourced/synthesised as per literature methods/synthesised by adapted methods are given below.
A solution of 4-formyl-3-hydroxy benzoic acid (0.1 g, 0.6 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with thionyl chloride (0.097 g, 0.72 mmol) and heated at reflux for 6 h. TLC (Mobile phase 5% methanol in chloroform) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.1) along with new spot (Rf 0.5). The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate concentrated, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in 95 mg desired product.
Yield: (95 mg, 87.9%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.4 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H)
Step-2A solution of methyl 4-formyl-3-hydroxybenzoate (0.05 g, 0.27 mmol) and NaH2PO4.2H2O (0.11 g, 0.69 mmol) in DMSO: water, 2:1 (7.5 ml) was charged with sodium chlorite (0.075 g, 0.66 mmol) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 h. The reaction mixture was acidified with 1N HCl till pH-2. and the precipitated white solid was filtered, washed with water several times and dried to give 2-hydroxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid.
Yield: (0.035 g, 65%).
Mol Wt: 196;
MS (ES+): m/z=197.2 [MH+]
Step-3A solution of 2-hydroxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid (0.20 g, 1 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was charged with thionyl chloride (0.121 g, 10 mmol) at 0° C. then the reaction mixture was heated to 45° C. for 4 h, The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted in dry DCM (5 ml) and charged with a solution of o-t-butyl amine.HCl (0.512 g, 4 mmol), TEA (0.412 g, 4 mmol) in DCM (15 ml) at 0° C. The reaction mixture was charged with 1N HCl solution (15 ml) and separated. The organic layer dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get 0.205 g crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using hexane-ethyl acetate as eluent to give methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-formylbenzoate.
Yield: (0.16 g, 58.8%)
Mol Wt: 267
MS (ES+): m/z=268.05 [MH+]
Step-4A solution of step-3 product (0.160 g, 0.59 mmol) in THF:water (2:1) (15 mL) was charged with LiOH (0.043 g, 1.7 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous layer was and acidified with 1N HCl until pH-2. A solid precipitated out which was filtered and dried to give 4-(tert-butoxycarbamoyl)-3-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Yield: (0.015 g, 44%).
Mol Wt: 253
MS (ES+): m/z=254.0 [MH+]
3-hydroxy-4-(phenoxycarbamoyl)benzoic acid (A-75-O-ph)A solution of 4-formyl-3-hydroxy benzoic acid (0.1 g, 0.6 mmol) in methanol (50 mL) at 0° C. was charged with thionyl chloride (0.097 g, 0.72 mmol) and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 6 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in 95 mg of the desired product.
Yield: (0.095 g, 87.9%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.4 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.5 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H)
Step-2A solution of methyl 4-formyl-3-hydroxybenzoate (0.05 g, 0.27 mmol) and NaH2PO4.2H2O (0.11 g, 0.69 mmol) in DMSO:water, 2:1 (7.5 ml) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with sodium chlorite (0.075 g, 0.66 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 12 hr. then acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl. The precipitated white solid was filtered, washed with water several times and dried to give 2-hydroxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid.
Yield: (0.035 g, 65%).
Mol Wt: 196
MS (ES+): m/z=197.2 [MH+]
Step-3A solution of 2-hydroxy-4-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid (0.05 g, 0.25 mmol) in THF (10 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with thionyl chloride (0.303 g, 2.5 mmol) then the reaction mixture was heated to 45° C. for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with dry DCM (5 ml) and charged with a solution of o-phenyl amine.HCl (0.055 g, 0.38 mmol), NaHCO3 (0.038 mg, 0.45 mmol) and in DCM (15 ml) at 0° C. then the reaction was charged with 1N HCl solution (15 ml) and the organic was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in 0.07 g of crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexane-ethyl acetate resulting in methyl 3-hydroxy-4-(phenoxycarbamoyl)benzoate.
Yield: (0.5 g, 68%)
Mol Wt: 287
MS (ES+): m/z=288.1 [MH+]
Step-4A solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-4-(phenoxycarbamoyl)benzoate (0.05 g, 0.17 mmol) in THF:water (2:1) (7.5 mL) was charged with LiOH (0.012 g, 0.51 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 6 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the aqueous was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl and the precipitate was filtered and dried to give 3-hydroxy-4-(phenoxycarbamoyl)benzoic acid.
Yield: (0.03 g, 63.8%).
Mol Wt: 273
MS (ES+): m/z=274.0 [MH+]
Synthesis of 2-(2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acetic acid (A-85a)A solution of 2-hydroxy-4-methylbenzoic acid (5 g, 32.8 mmol) and acetic anhydride (1.5 mL) in acetone (12.5 mL) at −8° C. was charged with concentrated sulfuric acid (0.05 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated to in vacuo to obtain a dark brown solid which was repeatedly washed with hexane and diethyl ether to get yellow solid. The solid was then purified by column chromatography on silica gel using chloroform/hexane as eluent to give crude product which was washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate to give 2,2,7-trimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-4-one.
Yield: (4.5 g, 71.4%),
MS (ES+): m/z=193 [MH+]
Step-2A solution of 2,2,7-trimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-4-one (4.5 g, 23.4 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (200 mL) was charged with N-bromosuccinimide (4.83 g, 27.1 mmol) and AIBN (0.8 g, 4.92 mmol) and the mixture was refluxed for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was washed with water and the compound was extracted in dichloromethane. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and the crued was purified by column chromatography using hexane ethyl acetate as eluent resulting in 7-(bromomethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-4-one.
Yield: (1.8 g, 28.3%),
MS (ES+): m/z=271 [MH+]
Step-3A solution of 7-(bromomethyl)-2,2-dimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-4-one (1.8 g, 6.64 mmol) in dichloromethane (15 mL) was added slowly to a suspension of sodium cyanide (0.57 g, 11.6 mmol in 1.2 mL water) and TBAB (0.08 g, 0.26 mmol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 48 h. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and the organic layer was separated, washed with water and brine. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and the crude purified by column chromatography using hexane ethyl acetate as eluent resulting in 2-(2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acetonitrile.
Yield: (0.5 g, 35%).
MS (ES+): m/z=218 [MH+]
Step-4A solution of 2-(2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acetonitrile (0.55 g, 2.53 mmol) in ethanol (4.5 mL) was charged with 30% KOH (4.5 mL) and heated at 60° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, and the aqueous was acidified with 1N HCl and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in 4-(carboxymethyl)-2-hydroxybenzoic acid as a yellow solid.
Yield: (0.42 g, 85.7%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 1.25 (t, J=7.0 Hz, 3H), 4.10-4.23 (q, J=7 Hz, 2H), 6.57 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 6.91 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.55 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 7.74-7.80 (dd, J=2.0 and 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.06 (s, 1H), 8.28 (d, J=2 Hz, 1H), 8.50 (s, 1H), 13.5 (s, 1H).
Step-5A solution of 4-(carboxymethyl)-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (0.25 g, 1.27 mmol) in acetone (4 mL), was charged with TFAA (4 mL) and TFA (6 mL) and heated at 100° C. for 24 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 2-(2,2-dimethyl-4-oxo-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxin-7-yl)acetic acid. The crude compound was used as such for the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.55 g, Crude),
MS (ES+): m/z=237 [MH+]
Synthesis of 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid: (A-92)A solution of 4-hydroxy benzoic acid (2 g, 14.4 mmol) in TFA (8 mL) was charged with HMTA (2 g, 14.4 mmol) and heated at 85° C. for 3 h. TLC (Mobile phase 30% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.3) and product formation (Rf 0.5). The reaction mixture was cooled and charged with 1N HCl (75 mL) and was extracted in diethyl ether. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and the crude was purified by column chromatography using hexane ethyl acetate as eluent resulting 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Yield: (0.6 g, 33.8%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.18-8.20 (dd, J=1.6 Hz, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of 3-(tert-butoxycarbamoyl)-4-hydroxybenzoic acid (A-92-O-t-bu)A solution of methyl-4-hydroxy benzoate (2 g, 13.15 mmol) and anhydrous magnesium chloride (1.87 g, 19.7 mmol) in acetonitrile (100 mL) was charged with triethyl amine (7 mL, 49.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was then charged with para formaldehyde (8 g, 89.4 mmol) in a single portion and the reaction mixture was heated at reflux for 24 hr. The reaction mixture was cooled and quenched with 1N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water and separated dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and the crude material was purified by column chromatography using hexane ethyl acetate as eluent to give methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoate as white solid.
Yield: (0.51 g, 22%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.20 (dd, J=1.6 Hz, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H).
Step-2A solution of methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxybenzoate (1.8 g, 0.01 mol) in dichloromethane (120 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with DMAP (0.12 g, 0.001 mol), triethylamine (5.5 mL, 0.04 mol) and benzoyl chloride (2.3 mL, 0.02 mol). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with water. The organic layer was separated and washed with water and the organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by column chromatography using hexane/ethyl acetate as eluent resulting in methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-formylbenzoate.
Yield: (1.4 g, 49.2%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.83 (s, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02-8.07 (dd, J=1.6 and 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H).
Step-3A solution of methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-formylbenzoate (0.05 g, 0.17 mmol) and NaH2PO4.2H2O (0.068 g, 0.44 mmol) in DMSO:H2O, 2:1 (6 mL) was charged with sodium chlorite (0.038 g, 0.42 mmol) and was allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl and the white precipitate was filtered, washed with water several times and dried to give 2-(benzoyloxy)-5-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid as the desired product.
Yield: (0.05 g, 96.1%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.83 (s, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02-8.07 (dd, J=1.6, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H).
Step-4A solution of 2-(benzoyloxy)-5-(methoxycarbonyl)benzoic acid (0.3 g, 1.00 mmol) in DCM (15 mL) was charged with DMAP (0.061 g, 0.5 mmol), EDCI (0.28 g, 1.5 mmol) and o-(tert-butyl)hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.18 g, 1.5 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was washed with water (3×), 2N HCl 3 (3×) and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude material that was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using hexane/ethyl acetate as eluent to give methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-(tert-butoxycarbamoyl)benzoate.
Yield: (0.2 g, 54%).
MS (ES+): m/z=372 [MH+]
Step-5A solution of methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-(tert-butoxycarbamoyl)benzoate (0.05 g, 0.13 mmol) in acetone (1.2 mL) was charged with 1N NaOH (1.2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous was acidified to pH 2 using 1N HCl. A solid precipitated out and was filtered and dried to give 3-(tert-butoxycarbamoyl)-4-hydroxybenzoic acid.
Yield: (0.015 g, 44%).
MS (ES+): m/z=254 [MH+]
Synthesis of 4-hydroxy-3-(methoxycarbamoyl)-5-methylbenzoic acid (A-114)A suspension of 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzoic acid (1 g, 6.57 mmol) suspended in methanesulfonic acid (5 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and portionwise charged with hexamethylenetetramine (1.84 g, 13.15 mmol) and warmed to warmed to room temperature followed by heating at 90° C. for 5 hr then cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was poured into ice cooled water and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoic acid as yellow solid.
Yield: (0.5 g, 42.3%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.19 (dd, 1H, J=1.6 Hz, 8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H).
Step-2A solution of 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoic acid (0.2 g, 1.11 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was charged with conc. sulfuric acid (0.14 mL) and refluxed for 16 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the aqueous was extracted in ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, concentrated in vacuo to give methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate as an off white solid.
Yield: (0.18 g, 85.7%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.83 (s, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02-8.07 (dd, J=1.6, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H).
Step-3A solution of methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate (0.5 g, 2.57 mmol) in dichloromethane (50 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with DMAP (0.031 g, 0.25 mmol), triethylamine (1.4 mL, 1.03 mmol), and benzoyl chloride (0.6 mL, 5.15 mmol) then allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and the organic layer was separated and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and the crude was purified by column chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate as eluent to give methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-formyl-5-methylbenzoate.
Yield: (0.5 g, 65.7%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05-8.09 (dd, J=1.8, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 12.2 (s, 1H)
Step-4A solution of methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-formyl-5-methylbenzoate (0.5 g, 1.67 mmol) and NaH2PO4.2H2O (0.65 g, 4.19 mmol) in DMSO:water (2:1) (30 mL) was charged with sodium chlorite (0.36 g, 4.02 mmol) and allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl upon which a white precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water several times and dried to give 2-(benzoyloxy)-5-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbenzoic acid as the desired product.
Yield: (0.4 g, 77%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.70 (s, 3H), 7.05 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.93 (dd, J=1.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H).
Step-5A solution of 2-(benzoyloxy)-5-(methoxycarbonyl)-3-methylbenzoic acid (0.2 g, 0.63 mmol), DMAP (0.077 g, 0.63 mmol), EDCI (0.18 g, 0.95 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was charged with o-methyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.08 g, 0.95 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was washed with water (3×), 2N HCl (3×) and separated. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and the crude was further purified by column chromatography on silica gel using hexanes/ethyl acetate as eluent to give methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-(methoxycarbamoyl)-5-methylbenzoate.
Yield: (0.12 g, 57.1%)
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.64-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.40 (br, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.50-5.00 (br, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 10.7 (s, 1H), 12.1 (s, 1H).
Step-6A solution of methyl 4-(benzoyloxy)-3-(methoxycarbamoyl)-5-methylbenzoate (0.12 g, 0.34 mmol) in acetone (2.5 mL) was charged with 1N NaOH (2.5 mL) and stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl. Upon acidifiacation a precipitate formed and was filtered and dried to give 4-hydroxy-3-(methoxycarbamoyl)-5-methylbenzoic acid.
Yield: (0.03 g, 38.4%),
MS (ES+): m/z=226 [MH+]
Synthesis of 2-hydroxy-3-(methoxycarbamoyl)-5-methylbenzoic acid (A-136a)Formylation of methyl 2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate was carried out as per procedure described in the literature. (J. Org. Chem. 1999, 64, 5858-5866). Subsequent O-Acetylation carried out by stirring the hydroxyl aldehyde with Ac2O, NEt3 in DCM.
Step-2Step-1 product was dissolved in 40 vol DMSO:water (4:1), sodium dihydrogen phosphate (5 eq) and charged with sodium chlorite (5 eq) and stirred at room temperature and monitored by LCMS till starting material was consumed (15 hrs). Reaction mixture was then concentrated, residue was acidified with aqueous HCl and product extracted in ethyl acetate. Ethyl acetate extract dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was sufficiently pure for the use in next step.
Yield: −93%, White solid;
Mol. Wt: 252.22
MS (ES+): m/z=253 [MH+]
Step-3A solution of step-2 product in 20 vol DCM was charged with EDCI (1.5 eq.) and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes followed by addition of DMAP (1.5 eq) and O-Methyl hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.5 eq) and stirred at room temperature for 15 hr. The reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (0-10%, ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield methyl 2-hydroxy-3-(methoxycarbamoyl)-5-methylbenzoate.
Yield: −88%, White solid;
Mol. Wt: 239.22
MS (ES+): m/z=240 [MH+]
Step-4A solution of step-3 product in THF:water (2:1) was charged with LiOH (3.0 eq.) and stirred at room temperature for 5 hr, The reaction mixture was concentrated and the aqueous was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl and the precipitate was filtered and dried to give white solid product.
Yield: −85% White solid;
Mol. Wt: 225.20
MS (ES+): m/z=226 [MH+]
Synthesis of Intermediate Amides and Final Targets with their Respective Approaches are as Follows Step-1Couplings of desired suitably substituted carboxylic acids were carried out with protected 4-(3-aminomethyl phenyl)piperidine or 5-aminomethyl spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidine] as per conditions mentioned in the table below. Work-up of reactions was carried out as described in general methods. Details of the compound are given in the table below.
Products of step-1 were deprotected as per conditions mentioned in the table below. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below. All reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale.
Carboxy O-methyl salicylaldehydes/Protected salicylic acids were first coupled with the protected core. Subsequent O-methylation & oxidation (In case of aldehydes) or deprotection (In case of protected salicylic acids) of the coupled product yielded carboxylic acid which was coupled with suitable amine and then Boc protection on amino methyl functionality was carried out to get the desired products. In case of O-Methyl compounds O-de-methylation and Boc deprotection was carried out together using boron tribromide as in the reaction scheme below.
A stirred solution of protected salicylic acid/salicylaldehyde in DCM was charged with EDCI, HOBt (in some cases) and DMAP or DIPEA. The solution was stirred for 15 min. at 0° C. followed by addition of protected core. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting materials were consumed. Reaction mixture was then quenched with water and aq. layer was extracted with dichloromethane and combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to afford the crude product, which were sufficiently pure to be used for next step.
A solution of step-1 product in dioxane:water was charged with lithium hydroxide and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous layer was acidified with 1N HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with hexane and dried to give step-2 product.
A solution of step-1 product and potassium carbonate in acetone was charged with methyl iodide and heated at 70° C. for 4 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo and the compound was extracted in dichloromethane and washed with water. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated to give step-4 product. The crude product was used as such for the next step without purification.
A solution of step-3 product and NaH2PO4.2H2O in DMSO:water was charged with sodium chlorite and allowed to stir at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was acidified to pH 2 with 1N HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The white precipitate was filtered, washed with water several times and dried to give step-3 product
A solution of step-2 and step-4 in dioxane/pyridine, and Boc anhydride was charged with O-phenylhydroxylamine and stirred at room temperature overnight. Reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and given for prep purification to give step-5 product.
A solution of step-5 in dichloromethane was charged with BBr3 in DCM and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hrs. The reaction mixture was concentrated and purified by prep HPLC to give final target compounds.
Eleven Final Targets with phenolic & hydroxymethyl phenol functionality were synthesized. Title compounds were synthesized by two different approaches as given below.
Approach-1:Functionalized dihydroxy aromatic carboxylic acids were coupled with the required core and coupled product was deprotected as described in the scheme below.
The details of intermediates sourced/synthesised as per literature methods/synthesised by adapted methods are given below.
A solution of pyrogallol (0.5 g, 3.96 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was charged with triphenyl phosphine (2.07 g, 7.93 mmol) and cooled to −5° C. and stirred for 10 min. then dropwise charged with a solution of DMAP (1.12 g, 7.93 mmol) in toluene (5 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 30 min, then refluxed for 8 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate resulting in methyl 7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromene-4-carboxylate.
Yield: (0.16 g, 17%)
MS (ES+): m/z=237 [MH+]
Step-2A solution of methyl 7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromene-4-carboxylate (0.1 g, 0.42 mmol) and acetic acid (3 mL) was charged with conc. HCl (1 mL) and heated at 90° C. for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to obtain a solid which was washed with pentane and dried to give 7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromene-4-carboxylic acid. The crude product was used in the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.095 g, Crude).
MS (ES+): m/z=223 [MH+]
Synthesis 2-(7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-4-yl)acetic acid (A-98)A solution of pyrogallol (1 g, 7.93 mmol) and dimethyl 1,3-acetone di carboxylate (1.4 mL, 9.52 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was charged with pTSA (0.15 g, 0.79 mmol) and heated in a Schott Duran bottle at 60° C. overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.4) and product formation (Rf 0.3). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was washed with diethyl ether:hexanes (80:20 mix). The solid was filtered and dried to give methyl 2-(7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-4-yl)acetate.
Yield: (0.65 g, 32.8%),
MS (ES+): m/z=251 [MH+]
Step-2A solution of methyl 2-(7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-4-yl)acetate (0.1 g, 0.4 mmol) in acetic acid (1.5 mL) was charged with conc. HCl (0.75 mL) and heated at 90° C. for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated to dryness to give 2-(7,8-dihydroxy-2-oxo-2H-chromen-4-yl)acetic acid. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.085 g, Crude).
MS (ES+): m/z=237 [MH+]
To Synthesis 2-(8-methyl-6-oxo-6H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]chromen-7-yl)acetic acid (A-99)A solution of sesamol (0.5 g, 3.62 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) and diethyl acetyl succinate (0.87 mL, 4.30 mmol) in toluene (10 mL) was charged with p-TSA.H2O (0.34 g, 1.79 mmol) and heated at 80° C. overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 50% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.6) and product formation (Rf 0.4). The reaction mixture was concentrated and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate, washed with brine. The organic layer was separated, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate resulting in ethyl 2-(8-methyl-6-oxo-6H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]chromen-7-yl)acetate.
Yield: (0.6 g, 57%)
MS (ES+): m/z=313 [MH++Na]
Step-2A solution of ethyl 2-(8-methyl-6-oxo-6H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]chromen-7-yl)acetate (0.2 g, 0.68 mmol) in acetic acid (6 mL) was charged with conc. HCl (2 mL) and heated at 90° C. for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to obtain a solid which was washed with pentane and dried to give 2-(8-methyl-6-oxo-6H-[1,3]dioxolo[4,5-g]chromen-7-yl)acetic acid. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.17 g, crude).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.34 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.10 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.17 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.64 (s, 3H)
Synthesis of 2,2,8-trimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine-6-carboxylic acid (A-113)A suspension of 4-hydroxy-3-methylbenzoic acid (1 g, 6.57 mmol) in methanesulfonic acid (5 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and portion wise charged with hexamethylenetetramine (1.84 g, 13.15 mmol) and warmed to room temperature followed by heating at 90° C. for 5 hr then cooled to room temperature and stirred overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 10% methanol in dichloromethane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.6) and product formation (Rf 0.5). The reaction mixture was poured into ice cooled water and the compound was extracted in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoic acid as yellow solid.
Yield: (0.5 g, 42.3%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.93 (s, 3H), 7.04 (d, 1H, J=8.8 Hz), 8.18-8.20 (dd, J=1.6 Hz, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.32 (s, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 11.39 (s, 1H).
Step-2A solution of 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoic acid (0.2 g, 1.11 mmol) in methanol (4 mL) was charged with conc. sulfuric acid (0.14 mL) and refluxed for 16 hr. TLC (Mobile phase 5% methanol in dichloromethane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.2) and product formation (Rf 0.7). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with saturated solution of sodium bicarbonate, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate as an off white solid.
Yield: (0.18 g, 85.7%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.83 (s, 3H), 7.06 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.02-8.07 (dd, J=1.6, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.38 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H).
Step-3A solution of methyl 3-formyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylbenzoate (0.18 g, 0.92 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with sodium borohydride (0.035 g, 0.92 mmol) and stirred at 0° C. for 45 min. TLC (mobile phase 40% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.7) and product formation (Rf 0.5). The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated solution of ammonium chloride and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in methyl 4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methylbenzoate as white solid. The compound was used in the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.16 g, 88.8%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.92 (s, 3H), 7.03 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 8.05-8.09 (dd, J=1.8, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 9.48 (s, 1H), 12.2 (s, 1H)
Step-4A solution of methyl 4-hydroxy-3-(hydroxymethyl)-5-methylbenzoate (0.9 g, 4.59 mmol) and 2,2 dimethoxy propane (1.7 mL, 13.77 mmol) in acetone (30 mL) was charged with pyridinium-para-toluene sulfonate (0.11 g, 0.45 mmol) and stirred room temperature overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 30% ethyl acetate in n-hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.3) and product formation (Rf 0.5). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate resulting in methyl 2,2,8-trimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine-6-carboxylate.
Yield: (0.96 g, 88.8%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 3.70 (s, 3H), 7.05 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.93 (dd, J=1.4, 8.6 Hz, 1H), 8.26 (s, 1H).
Step-5A solution of methyl 2,2,8-trimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine-6-carboxylate (0.96 g, 4.06 mmol) in THF:water:MeOH (10:10:3 mL) was charged with lithium hydroxide (0.25 g, 6.10 mmol) and stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC (Mobile phase 30% ethyl acetate in hexane) indicated absence of starting material (Rf 0.5) and product formation (Rf 0.3). The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and acidified with 10% citric acid resulting in a white precipitate which was filtered to give 2,2,8-trimethyl-4H-benzo[d][1,3]dioxine-6-carboxylic acid as white solid. The precipitate was washed with water, dried and used in the next step without further purification.
Yield: (0.82 g, 91.1%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 1.46 (s, 9H), 1.64-2.00 (m, 4H), 2.70-2.82 (m, 1H), 2.90-3.40 (br, 2H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 4.50-5.00 (br, 2H), 6.97 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.00-7.20 (m, 4H), 7.26-7.30 (m, 1H), 7.42 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (s, 1H), 10.7 (s, 1H), 12.1 (s, 1H).
Synthesis of 3-methoxy-4-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)benzoic acidAn ice-cold solution of 5-bromo-2-(2-hydroxypropan-2-yl)phenol (3.8 g, 16.44 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) was charged with sodium hydride (1.18 g, 49.33 mmol) followed by methyl iodide (2.6 mL, 41.1 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between dichloromethane and water and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (0-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes) to afford 4-bromo-2-methoxy-1-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)benzene as a white solid
Yield: 3.4 g (80%)
Mol. Wt.: 258.03
MS (ES+): m/z=258/260 [MH+]
Step-4A solution of 4-bromo-2-methoxy-1-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)benzene (1.0 g, 3.87 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was cooled to −78° C. under nitrogen atmosphere then charged with, n-butyl lithium, 1.6 M (7.26 mL, 11.62 mmol) stirred at this temperature for 30 min. The reaction mixture was then charged with ethyl chloroformate (0.74 mL, 7.74 mmol) and allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for an additional 3 hr. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat.NH4Cl solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (0-5%, ethyl acetate in hexanes) to yield ethyl 3-methoxy-4-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)benzoate as a white solid.
Yield: 0.6 g (31%)
Mol. Wt.: 252.31
MS (ES+): m/z=253 [MH+]
Step-5A solution of ethyl ethyl 3-methoxy-4-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)benzoate (0.6 g, 2.38 mmol) in MeOH:water (4:1) (10.0 mL) was charged with NaOH (0.19 g, 4.75 mmol) and was heated to reflux for 3 hr. The organic solvent was concentrated in vacuo and the resultant residue was acidified with 10% citric acid solution then extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo resulting in a residue which was triturated with diethyl ether to yield 3-methoxy-4-(2-methoxypropan-2-yl)benzoic acid.
White solid;
Yield: 0.41 g (77%)
Mol. Wt.: 224.25
MS (ES+): m/z=225 [MH+]
Synthesis of 2,3-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzoic acid (A-127)A solution of 2,3,4-trimethoxybenzoic acid (2.0 g, 9.42 mmol) in acetic acid (12.0 mL) was charged with 55% hydriodic acid (5.0 ml) at room temperature and then heated to 80° C. for 10 hr. The pH of the reaction mixture was adjusted to 1.5 by addition of aqueous sodium hydroxide upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered and the resulting solid was washed with water and dried in vacuo to give 2,3-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzoic acid as a white solid
Yield: 1.31 g (76%)
Mol. Wt.: 184.15
MS (ES+): m/z=185 [MH+]
Synthesis of Intermediate Amides and Final Targets with their Respective General Synthetic Scheme are as Follows Step-1Coupling of carboxylic acids (A) was carried out with Core-1 or Core-4 as shown in general synthetic scheme above. Work-up of reactions were carried out as described in the general methods. The details of the compounds synthesized are shown below.
Reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale
Products of step-1 were deprotected as per conditions mentioned in the table below. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below. Reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale
Protected dihydroxy acids were synthesized and coupled with the core and later protecting groups were cleaved to get the target compounds. The details of intermediates (A) sourced/synthesised as per literature methods/synthesised by adapted methods are given above.
Coupling of carboxylic acids (A) was carried out with Core-1 or Core-4 as shown in the synthetic scheme. The details of the synthesis are given as below. Reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale
Products of step-1 were deprotected as per conditions mentioned in the table below. The details of the compounds synthesized are as below. Reactions were done on 100-200 mg scale
Sixteen Final Targets with cis-diol functionality were synthesized. Racemic bicyclo[2.2.1]-5-heptene/octene-2-carboxylic acids either in pure Endo/Exo form or their mixtures were coupled with protected 4-(3-aminomethyl phenyl)piperidine coupled products were converted to diols by cis hydroxylation to get anti and syn isomers of racemic Endo and Exo isomers. Later Boc protection on the amino methyl functionality was cleaved under acidic conditions to get the target compounds. (Scheme-1)
Also analogues of these diols with 3-amino benzoyl linkage between the core and diol were synthesized by first coupling racemic bicyclo[2.2.1]-5-heptene/octene-2-carboxylic acids with 3-amino methyl benzoate and subsequent hydrolysis to get corresponding carboxylic acid which was processed as per the reaction sequence mentioned below. (Scheme-2)
Wherever possible, Endo-Exo/anti-syn isomers were separated by chromatographic techniques and characterized. Remaining compounds isolated as mixtures.
Racemic bicyclo [2.2.1]-5-heptene-2-carboxylic acid was procured from Aldrich chemical company which was containing major Endo isomer. Endo & Exo isomers of racemic bicyclo [2.2.1]-5-octene-2-carboxylic acids were synthesized as per procedure reported in the literature. (Chem. Pharm. Bull. 44, 296-306, 1996)
The details of intermediates (A) sourced/synthesised as per literature methods/synthesised by adapted methods are given below.
Coupling of 3-amino methyl benzoate and racemic bicyclo[2.2.1]-5-heptene/octene-2-carboxylic acids is described below.
Synthesis of Endo & Exo 3-bicyclo [2.2.1]hept-5-ene-2-carboxamido benzoic acid (A-139)An ice-cold solution of 5-norbornene-2-carboxylic acid (1.0 eq.) in dichloromethane (30 Vol) was charged with 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (0.5 eq.), hydroxy benzotriazole (HOBt) (1. eq.), and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride EDCI.HCl (1.5 eq) and stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then charged with methyl-3-aminobenzoate (1.2 eq.) and stirred at room temperature for an additional for 2 hr. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and water and separated. The combined organic layer was washed with water (2×25 mL), 2N HCl (1×25 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product colorless oil; (mixture of endo+exo) which was used for next step without further purification.
Yield: 51%
Mol. Wt: 271.31, MS (ES+): m/z=272 [MH+]
Step-2A solution of ester (1.0 eq.) in THF:H2O (1:1)(15 vol) was charged with LiOH (3.0 eq.) and stirred at room temperature for 2-3 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with water and extracted with DCM. The aqueous layer was separated and acidified with 2N HCl and extracted with DCM. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give a mixture of Endo+Exo acid derivatives.
Yield: 78%
Mol. Wt: 257.28, MS (ES+): m/z=258 [MH+]
Synthesis of Endo & Exo 3-bicyclo [2.2.2]oct-5-ene-2-carboxamido benzoic acid (A-141 Endo & A-141 Exo)An ice-cold solution of carboxylic acid (1.0 eq.) in dichloromethane (30 mL/g) was charged with triethyl amine (3.0 eq.) and thionyl chloride (1.5 eq.) and stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes then charged with methyl-3-aminobenzoate (1.0 eq.) and allowed to warm to stir at room temperature overnight. Reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane, washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was purified by column chromatography on silica gel eluting with (0-10%, ethyl acetate in hexane) to afford endo-amide or exo-amide derivatives.
A solution of ester (1.0 eq.) in MeOH:water (30 mL/g, 4:1) was charged with NaOH (2.0 eq.) was refluxed for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was acidified with 10% citric acid solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to give Endo acid or Exo acid derivatives.
Reaction conditions for cis hydroxylation and compounds synthesized are as in the table below.
Reaction conditions for deprotection and compounds synthesized are as in the table below.
Five Final targets with benzoxaborol functionality were synthesized 112 Spiro, T-117 Spiro, T-117 Spiro methyl and T-117-gem mono methyl, were synthesized with benzoxaborol functionality. Synthetic approaches for all the targets were not very similar, so every target is described with its respective scheme and procedure as given below.
1-bromo-6-iodo-2-methylbenzene was synthesized as per procedures available in the literature (Bioorganic and Medicinal Chemistry, 16, 6764-6777, 2008; J. Am. Chem. Soc., 122, 6871-6883, 2000.)
Step-2Suzuki coupling of Step-1 product (8.5 g, 28.6 mmol) with m-carbethoxy phenyl boronic acid (6.65 g, 34.32 mmol)) was carried out in presence of palladium (0) tetrakis (triphenyl phosphine) (10 mol %) in dioxane (20 vol) and sodium carbonate (6.06 g, 57.2 mmol) as the base. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue obtained was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and separated. The aqueous was re-etracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic fractions were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes.
Yield: 80%
Mol. Wt: 319.19
MS (ES+): m/z=319.2/321.2 [MH+]
Step-3A stirred suspension of step-2 (7.0 g, 21.9 mmol) in toluene (30 vol) was degassed with argon then charged with potassium acetate (6.47 g, 65.7 mmol), PdCl2-dppf-CH2Cl2 (5 mol %) and bis(pinacolato)diborane (13.9 g, 54.75 mmol) and the reaction was refluxed. The reaction mixture was the filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Yield: 80%
Mol. Wt: 366.26
MS (ES+): m/z=367.20 [MH+]
Step-4A stirred solution of step-3 product (6.0 g, 16.3 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride
(20 vol) was charged with dibenzoyl peroxide (075 g, 3.2 mmol) and N-bromo succinimide (1.2 eq) and heated to 75° C. for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was partitioned between water dichloromethane and separated. The organic phase was washed with water, brine, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexanes.
Yield: 80%
Mol. Wt: 445.15
MS (ES+): m/z=446.20/447.20 [MH+]
Step-5A stirred solution of Step-4 product (5.8 g, 13 mmol) in acetonitrile (30 vol) was charged with trifluoro acetic acid (10 vol) and water (5 vol) and heated to 91° C. and monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 10-35% ethyl acetate in hexanes.
Yield: 60%
Mol. Wt: 282.10
MS (ES+): m/z=283.25 [MH+]
Step-6A mixture of step-5 product (2 g, 7.08 mmol) in THF (10 vol) & water (20 vol) was charged with lithium hydroxide (1.7 g, 70.8 mmol) and heated to 60° C. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and was adjusted to pH 2 using conc. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 60%
Mol. Wt: 254.05
MS (ES+): m/z=255.10 [MH+]
Step-7A mixture of step-6 product (250 mg, 0.98 mmol), tert-butyl((2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidin]-5-yl)methyl)carbamate (404 mg, 1.27 mmol), EDCI (280 mg, 1.47 mmol), DMAP (240 mg, 1.96 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 vol) was stirred at room temperature and was monitored by LCMS. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to 4 using dil. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered and washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 60%
Mol. Wt: −554.44,
MS (ES+): m/z=555.10 [MH+]
Step-8Product of step-7 (370 mg, 0.66 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 vol) and TFA (20 vol) and stirred at room temperature until complete. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the crude residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give Target 112.
Yield: 33%
Mol. Wt: 454.33
MS (ES+): m/z=455.20 [MH+]
HPLC purity: 96%
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.29 (s, 2H), 7.81 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1H), 7.64-7.41 (m, 7H), 7.26 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.82 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (s, 2H), 4.44 (d, J=46.7 Hz, 4H), 4.13-3.88 (m, 4H), 3.69 (d, J=16.3 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (s, 2H), 1.74 (d, J=42.6 Hz, 4H).
A solution of (5-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-(methylthio)thiophen-3-yl)boronic acid (8 g, 34.48 mmol), 2,6-dibromobenzyl alcohol (11 g, 41.37 mmol), palladium (0) tetrakis (triphenyl phosphine) (10 mol %), and sodium carbonate (7.3 g, 68.96 mmol) in dioxane (20 vol) was degassed and heated until complete. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and separated. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexanes.
Yield: 20%
Mol. Wt: 373.29
MS (ES+): m/z=373.10/375.10 [MH+]
Step-2A stirred suspension of step-1 product (1.9 g, 5.09 mmol) in toluene (30 vol) was degassed with argon and charged with potassium acetate (1.5 g, 15.27 mmol), PdCl2-dppf-CH2Cl2 (5 mol %), dppf (3 mol %) and bis(pinacolato) diborane (3.21 g, 12.72 mmol) and degassed again then heated to reflux & monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo resulting in crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexanes.
Yield: 40%
Mol. Wt: 320.19
MS (ES+): m/z=321.10 [MH+]
Step-3A mixture of step-2 product (650 mg, 2.03 mmol, potassium hydroxide (570 mg, 10.15 mmol) in THF (10 vol) and water (20 vol) was heated to 60° C. Reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to 2 using conc. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered and washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 35%
Mol. Wt: 306.17
MS (ES+): m/z=307.20 [MH+]
Step-4A mixture of step-3 product (150 mg, 0.490 mmol), tert-butyl((2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidin]-5-yl)methyl)carbamate (202 mg, 0.63 mmol), EDCI (142 mg, 0.735 mmol), DMAP (120 mg, 0.98 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 vol) was stirred at room temperature and monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with water and adjusted to pH ˜4 using dil. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered and washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 55%
Mol. Wt: 606.17
MS (ES+): m/z=607.20 [MH+]
Step-4Asame as step-4, only tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzyl carbamate used instead of ((2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidin]-5-yl)methyl)carbamate
Yield: 51%
Mol. Wt: 578.55
MS (ES+): m/z=579.3 [MH+]
Step-5Product of step-4 (160 mg, 0.263 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 vol)-TFA (20 eq) a stirred at room temperature. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative HPLC to give Target-117 Spiro.
Yield: 30%,
Mol. Wt: 506.44
MS (ES+): m/z=507.15 [MH+]
HPLC purity: 99.2%
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.38 (s, 1H), 8.19-8.06 (m, 2H), 7.87 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.52 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.30-7.29 (m, 1H), 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.90 (s, 1H), 6.78 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (d, J=26.4 Hz, 2H), 4.26 (s, 2H), 3.96 (p, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 2.89-2.75 (m, 4H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 4H).
Step-5Asame as step-5 only tert-butyl 3-(piperidin-4-yl)benzyl carbamate used instead of ((2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidin]-5-yl)methyl)carbamate
Yield: 20%,
Mol. Wt: 478.43
MS (ES+): m/z=479.15 [MH+]
HPLC data: 96.79%
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.16 (bs, 1H), 8.03 (m, 1H), 7.79 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 7.51-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.03-6.97 (m, 3H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 5.34 (m, 1H), 4.16 (s, 2H) 3.77 (m, 2H), 3.63-3.48 (m, 4H), 2.72 (bs, 1H), 2.57 (s, 3H), 2.2-2.0 (m, 4H)
Suzuki coupling of (5-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-(methylthio)thiophen-3-yl)boronic acid (5 g, 21.54 mmol) with 2-bromo-6-iodotoluene (7.6 g, 25.85) was carried out in presence of palladium (0) tetrakis (triphenyl phosphene) (10 mol %), and sodium carbonate (4.56 g, 43.08 mmol) in dioxane (20 vol) and heated at 80° C. for 3 hr. After completion of reaction, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue obtained was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate and separated. The organic was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo resulting in product. The crude product obtained was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Yield: 70%
Mol. Wt: 357.29
MS (ES+): m/z=357.10/359.10 [MH+]
Step-2A mixture of step-1 product (5 g, 13.9 mmol) in THF (10 eq) & water (20 vol) was charged with potassium hydroxide (7.8 g, 13.9 mmol) was heated to 60° C. for 2 hr. The reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to 2 using conc. HCl. Upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 80%
Mol. Wt: 343.26
MS (ES+): m/z=343.10/345.10 [MH+]
Step-3A solution of Step-2 product (1 g, 2.9 mmol) in in THF (30 vol) was cooled to −78° C. and charged with n-BuLi (556 mg, 8.7 mmol) and stirred at −78° C. for 30 min. Stirring at same temperature the reaction was dropwise charged with tri-isopropyl borate (1.58 mg, 8.7 mmol) and then allowed to warm to room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with dil HCl and concentrated in vacuo. The residue obtained was diluted with dil HCl, filtered and washed with water. The residue was redissolved in aq NaOH and reprecipitated by acidifying with dil HCl to get pure product.
Yield: 20%
Mol. Wt: 308.18
MS (ES+): m/z=309.10 [MH+]
Step-4A mixture of step-3 product (150 mg, 0.486 mmol), tert-butyl((2H-spiro [benzofuran-3,4′-piperidin]-5-yl)methyl)carbamate (200 mg, 0.632 mmol), EDCI (140 mg, 0.729 mmol), DMAP (120 mg, 0.972) in dichloromethane (20 vol) was stirred at room temperature. The reaction was monitored by LCMS until most of the starting material was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to ˜4 using dil. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 60%
Mol. Wt: 608.58
MS (ES+): m/z=609.20 [MH+]
Step-5Product of step-4 (164 mg, 0.27 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 vol)-TFA (20 eq) and stirred at room temperature until completion of reaction and then concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative HPLC to give the Target-117 Spiro Methyl.
Yield: 31.6%
Mol. Wt: −508.46
MS (ES+): m/z=509.15 [MH+]
HPLC purity: 98.4%
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.23 (s, 2H), 7.55 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 7.17-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 6.77 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 4.29 (s, 2H), 3.94 (q, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 2.85 (t, J=12.3 Hz, 4H), 2.60 (s, 3H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 1.32 (bs, 6H)
A solution of (5-(methoxycarbonyl)-2-(methylthio)thiophen-3-yl)boronic acid (5 g, 21.54 mmol), 2-bromo-6-iodobenzaldehyde (8 g, 25.85 mmol), palladium(0) tetrakis (triphenyl phosphine) (10 mol %), sodium carbonate (4.53 g, 43.08 mmol) in dioxane (20 vol) was degassed and heated at 80° C. for 24 hr. The reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate to get crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel eluting with 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Yield: 60%
Mol. Wt: 371.27
MS (ES+): m/z=371.10/373.10 [MH+]
Step-2A mixture of step-1 product (3.5 g, 9.4 mmol) in THF (10 eq) & water (20 vol) was charged with potassium hydroxide (2.1 g, 37.6 mmol) and heated to 60° C. for 2 hr. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and diluted with water and the pH was adjusted to ˜2 using conc. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven.
Yield: 80%
Mol. Wt: 357.24
MS (ES+): m/z=357.20/359.20 [MH+]
Step-3Solution of Step-2 product (2.57 g, 7.2 mmol) in THF (30 vol) was cooled to 0° C. and charged with methylmagnesiumbromide (944 mg, 7.92 mmol) and stirred for 30 min The reaction mixture was quenched with dil HCl at 0° C. and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was diluted with dil HCl, filtered and washed with water. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane.
Yield: 95%
Mol. Wt: 373.29
MS (ES+): m/z=373.10/375.10 [MH+]
Step-4A stirred suspension of step-3 product (2.5 g, 6.69 mmol) in toluene was degassed with argon and charged with potassium acetate (1.96 g, 20.07 mmol), PdCl2-dppf-CH2Cl2 (5 mol %) and bis(pinacolato)diborane (4.23 g, 16.72 mmol) and heated to reflux and monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The mixture was the filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product. The crude product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexanes.
Yield: 80%
Mol. Wt: 320.19
MS (ES+): m/z=321.10 [MH+]
Step-5A mixture of step-4 product (700 mg, 2.18 mmol), tert-butyl((2H-spiro[benzofuran-3,4′-piperidin]-5-yl)methyl)carbamate (900 mg, 2.83 mmol), EDCI (617 mg, 13.27 mmol), DMAP (536 mg, 4.36 mmol) in dichloromethane (20 vol) was stirred at room temperature and the reaction was monitored by LCMS till most of the starting material was consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated and diluted with water and the aqueous was adjusted to pH 4 using dil. HCl upon which a precipitate formed. The precipitate was filtered, washed with water and dried in vacuum oven
Yield: 50%
Mol. Wt: 620.59
MS (ES+): m/z=621.20 [MH+]
Step-6Product of step-5 (600 mg, 0.96 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 vol)-TFA (20 eq) and stirred at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and purified by preparative HPLC to give Target-117 Gem mono methyl spiro.
Yield: 31.6%
Mol. Wt: 520.47\
MS (ES+): m/z=521.25 [MH+]
HPLC purity: 99.3%
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.17 (s, 4H), 7.95 (s, 1H), 7.78 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H), 7.60 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=15.9, 8.2 Hz, 3H), 7.24 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 6.84 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 5.55 (q, J=6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.31 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 4.08-3.87 (m, 2H), 3.03 (t, J=12.3 Hz, 1H), 2.39-2.28 (m, 1H), 2.62 (s, 3H), 1.28 (d, J=52.8 Hz, 4H), 1.04 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H)
The details of the Final Targets synthesized are as below.
A stirred solution of carboxylic acid from step-3 in DCM or DMF was added and EDCI, HOBt (in some cases) and DMAP or DIPEA was for 15 min. at 0° C. followed by addition of protected core. Stirring was continued at room temperature and reaction was monitored by LCMS until most of the starting materials were consumed. Reaction mixture was then quenched with water and aq. layer was extracted with dichloromethane and combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to afford the crude product which was either used for next step without purification or purified by chromatographic techniques.
General Procedures for HydrolysisDesired ester was dissolved in mixture of Water and solvents like THF/methanol/acetone that are miscible in water then charged with lithium/sodium hydroxide and stirred at room temperature and monitored by TLC & LCMS until most of the starting material was consumed. Solvent was concentrated in vacuo and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water and separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ethyl acetate (1×) and acidified with 2N HCl and extracted with ethyl acetate again. The acidic ethyl acetate extract was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to get crude product. In most of the cases products were sufficient pure to be used for the next step.
General Procedures for Boc DeprotectionDesired compound was stirred with aq. hydrochloric acid or trifluoracetic acid (TFA) in a co-solvent like acetonitrile, methanol, THF, DCM etc. Reaction was monitored by LCMS until most of the starting materials were consumed. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove the solvents and residue obtained was purified by reverse phase preparative HPLC. In some cases products were purified by column chromatography over silica gel.
The pure fraction of mobile phase was lyophilized to get the products as TFA salts. TFA salts were converted to hydrochloride salts by stirring with 2N HCl for 30 min under nitrogen atmosphere followed by lyophilization.
Sometimes only Boc deprotection observed to be taking place with boronate ester functionality intact. In such cases further hydrolysis of isolated Boc de-protected boronate esters were carried out followed by purification using preparative HPLC.
EQUIVALENTSWhile specific embodiments have been discussed, the above specification is illustrative and not restrictive. Many variations will become apparent to those skilled in the art upon review of this specification. The full scope of the embodiments should be determined by reference to the claims, along with their full scope of equivalents, and the specification, along with such variations.
Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term “about.” Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in this specification and attached claims are approximations that may vary depending upon the desired properties sought to be obtained.
Claims
1. A therapeutic multimer compound formed from the multimerization in an aqueous media of a first monomer represented by:
- X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
- and a second monomer represented by X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II),
- wherein X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule; Y1 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X1 and Z1; Z1 is a first linker selected from the group consisting of: a)
- wherein A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; A2, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of —N—, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, provided that at least one of A1 and A2 is present; or A1 and A2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring; A3 is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —SH, or —OH; W is CR′ or N; R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; m is 1-6; represents a single or double bond; and R1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; Q1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; or R1 and Q1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring; b)
- wherein BB, independently for each occurrence, is a 4-8 membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more groups represented by R2, wherein the two substituents comprising —OH have a 1, 2 or 1,3 configuration; each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, oxo, sulfonate, —NO2, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —COOH, —CON(R′)2, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, or two R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; A1, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; c)
- wherein BB is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety; A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —OH, or —O—C1-4alkyl; R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or R3 and R4 taken together from a 3-6 membered ring; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together form phenyl or a 4-6 membered heterocycle; and R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; d)
- wherein A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′ or —OH; AR is a fused phenyl or 4-7 membered aromatic or partially aromatic heterocyclic ring, wherein AR is optionally substituted by oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; wherein the two hydroxyl moieties are ortho to each other; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; CONHR′; and R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; e)
- wherein Q1 is selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; or phenyl; Q2, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH2 or —OH; A4, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH—NH2; —NHOH, —NH—OR″, or —OH; R″ is selected from the group consisting of H or C1-4alkyl; and f)
- wherein A5 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH2, —SH, —NHR″′; R′″ is selected from C1-4alkyl optionally substituted with hydroxyl; —NH2; —OH; —O-phenyl; and C1-4alkoxy; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together may form a 5-6 membered ring;
- wherein X2 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule; Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2; and Z2 is a boronic acid or oxaborale moiety capable of binding with the Z1 moiety of Formula I to form the multimer; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof.
2. A first monomer capable of forming a biologically useful multimer when in contact with a second monomer in an aqueous media, wherein the first monomer is represented by the formula: and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites, and hydrates thereof, wherein
- X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule; Y1 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X1 and Z1; Z1 is a first linker selected from the group consisting of:
- a)
- wherein A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; A2, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of —N—, acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, provided that at least one of A1 and A2 is present; or A1 and A2, together with the atoms to which they are attached, form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring; A3 is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —SH, or —OH; W is CR′ or N; R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; m is 1-6; represents a single or double bond; and R1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH; Q1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; or R1 and Q1 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a substituted or unsubstituted 4-8 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic ring;
- b)
- wherein BB, independently for each occurrence, is a 4-8 membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety, wherein the cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety is optionally substituted with one or more groups represented by R2, wherein the two substituents comprising —OH have a 1, 2 or 1,3 configuration; each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen, halogen, oxo, sulfonate, —NO2, —CN, —OH, —NH2, —SH, —COOH, —CON(R′)2, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, or two R2 together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused substituted or unsubstituted 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; A1, independently for each occurrence, is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; R′ is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- c)
- wherein BB is a substituted or unsubstituted 5- or 6-membered cycloalkyl, heterocyclic, aryl, or heteroaryl moiety; A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′, —OH, or —O—C1-4alkyl; R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, phenyl, or R3 and R4 taken together from a 3-6 membered ring; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together form phenyl or a 4-6 membered heterocycle; and R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- d)
- wherein A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NHR′ or —OH; AR is a fused phenyl or 4-7 membered aromatic or partially aromatic heterocyclic ring, wherein AR is optionally substituted by oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; wherein the two substituents comprising —OH are ortho to each other; R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; CONHR′; and R′ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, —NH2, —NO2, —SH, or —OH;
- e)
- wherein Q1 is selected from the group consisting of C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; or phenyl; Q2, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl, alkylene, or a bond; C1-6cycloalkyl; a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring; phenyl; substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic; substituted or unsubstituted aryl; or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl; A3, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH2 or —OH; A4, independently for each occurrence, is selected from the group consisting of —NH—NH2; —NHOH, —NH—OR″, or —OH; R″ is selected from the group consisting of H or C1-4alkyl; and
- f)
- wherein A5 is selected from the group consisting of —OH, —NH2, —SH, —NHR″′; R′″ is selected from —NH2; —OH; —O-phenyl; and C1-4alkoxy;
- R5 and R6 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or R5 and R6 taken together may form a 5-6 membered ring; and
- the second monomer has a boronic acid or oxaborole moiety capable of binding with the Z1 moiety of Formula I to form the multimer.
3. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein A1 is selected from the group consisting of C1-C3alkylene optionally substituted with one, two, or three halogens, or —C(O)—.
4-8. (canceled)
9. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is selected from the group consisting of wherein
- X is selected from O, S, CH, NR′, or when X is NR′, N may be covalently bonded to Y of formula I;
- R′ is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl;
- R5, R6, and R7 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′; or a mono- or bicyclic heterocyclic optionally substituted with amino, halo, hydroxyl, oxo, or cyano; and
- AA is a 5-6 membered heterocyclic ring optionally substituted by C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C1-4alkoxy; halogen; —OH; —CN; —COOH; —CONHR′, or —S—C1-4alkyl.
10. The first monomer of claim 9, wherein Z1 is
11. The first monomer of claim 9, wherein Z1 is
12. The first monomer of claim 9, wherein X is nitrogen.
13. The first monomer of claim 9, wherein Z1 is
14. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is
15. The first monomer of claim 14, wherein Z1 is
16. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is
17-20. (canceled)
21. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is
22. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is
23-24. (canceled)
25. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is
26. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein Z1 is
27. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the first monomer forms a biologically useful dimer with a second monomer in vivo.
28. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the second monomer is X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II), wherein Z2 is the boronic acid or oxaborole moiety, and wherein
- X2 is a second ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule; and
- Y2 is absent or is a connector moiety covalently bound to X2 and Z2.
29. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein X1 and X2 are the same.
30. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein X1 and X2 are different.
31. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule are different.
32. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule are the same.
33. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the apparent IC50 of an essentially equimolar combination of the first monomer and the second monomer against the first target biomolecule and the second target biomolecule is at least about 3 to 10 fold lower than the lowest of the IC50 of the second monomer against the second target biomolecule or the IC50 of the first monomer against the first target biomolecule.
34-35. (canceled)
36. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the aqueous fluid has a physiologically acceptable pH.
37. The first monomer of claim 28, wherein Z2 of the second monomer is selected from the group consisting of: wherein
- R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo or thio; C2-4alkenyl, C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —COOH; or —CONHR′;
- A1 is (a) absent; or (b) selected from the group consisting of acyl, substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- Q is selected from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aliphatic, or substituted or unsubstituted heteroaliphatic;
- AA, independently for each occurrence, is phenyl, aryl, or a 5-7 membered heterocyclic or heteroaryl ring having one, two, or three heteroatoms, wherein AA is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halogen, or thio; C2-4alkenyl; C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —NR2′″, wherein R′″ is independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4alkyl; —COOH; —CONHR′; or two substituents together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; and
- R′ is H or C1-4alkyl.
38. The first monomer of claim 37, wherein R8 and the substituent comprising boronic acid are ortho to each other, and wherein R8 is —CH2NH2.
39. The first monomer of claim 37, wherein Z2 of the second monomer is selected from the group consisting of
40. The first monomer of claim 37, wherein Z2 of the second monomer is selected from the group consisting of:
41. The first monomer of claim 27, wherein Z2 of the second monomer is selected from the group consisting of: wherein
- R8 is selected from the group consisting of H, halogen, oxo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo or thio; C2-4alkenyl, C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —COOH; or —CONHR′;
- AA, independently for each occurrence, is a 5-7 membered heterocyclic ring having one, two, or three heteroatoms, or phenyl, wherein AA is optionally substituted by one, two, or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxyl, amino, halo, or thio; C2-4alkenyl, C1-4alkoxy; —S—C1-4alkyl; —CN; —NR2′″, wherein R′″ is independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-4alkyl; —COOH; —CONHR′; or two substituents together with the atoms to which they are attached form a fused 4-6 membered cycloalkyl or heterocyclic bicyclic ring system; and
- R′ is H or C1-4alkyl.
42. (canceled)
43. The first monomer of claim 27, wherein the first monomer and the second monomer form a dimer.
44. (canceled)
45. The first monomer of claim 2, wherein the target biomolecule is a protein.
46. (canceled)
47. A method of administering a pharmaceutically effective amount of a multimeric compound to a patient in need thereof, comprising administering to the patient thereof an amount of the first monomer of claim 1 and an amount of a boronic acid monomer in amounts effective such that the pharmaceutically effective amount of the resulting multimer is formed in vivo.
48. The method of claim 47, wherein the multimer is a dimer.
49. (canceled)
50. A method of modulating two or more target biomolecule domains substantially simultaneously comprising: and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, metabolites and hydrates thereof, wherein wherein
- contacting an aqueous composition comprising said biomolecule domains with a first monomer represented by: X1—Y1—Z1 (Formula I)
- X1 is a first ligand moiety capable of binding to a first target biomolecule domain; and
- a second monomer represented by: X2—Y2—Z2 (Formula II),
- X2 is a ligand moiety capable of binding to a second target biomolecule domain;
- wherein upon contact with the aqueous composition, said first monomer and said second monomer forms a dimer that binds to the first target biomolecule domain and the second target biomolecule domain.
51-62. (canceled)
Type: Application
Filed: Apr 9, 2012
Publication Date: Jul 10, 2014
Applicants: Cornell University (Ithaca, NY), Coferon, Inc. (New York, NY), Purdue Research Foundation (West Lafayette, IN)
Inventors: Francis Barany (New York, NY), Maneesh Pingle (New York, NY), Donald E. Bergstrom (Portland, OR), Sarah F. Giardina (New York, NY), Lee Daniel Arnold (Mt. Sinai, NY)
Application Number: 14/110,056
International Classification: C07D 211/26 (20060101); C07F 5/04 (20060101);
